J^ V*i^\/ %^^>^ v^^^\/ %.^* 
















'<^'^^^** ^ V*^^Vv^ <i.'^--*\^^ V*^?f^V 










w^ 



5^-^ -.l^f^-/ ^♦^'^ W.J5.\>^.- -€ 



/ **^-i^\/ %*^-*/ *<>'^^\»*'^ %• 



1 

4 



'^ # ♦tH 



e. ••f^?*' .0* ^.''^K^V ^^'^***V^ \^^*\<' 



\/^ 
**'% 



^x. % 



r- -b/^ :^^- >*o< i'-^a- %/^ .*^^* ^^o« -4 






^V^ \^^^\/ ^^^-^Z ^<>.*^^\/ %' 









■^^ ^'^SK^.* y^-^^ •<>^^*' /\ - ^ 

^o .4'*' ♦•-B/f2^v %,.<>' /^s&i^. ^ ^<* y 







• <^* ^ ♦To- aO-' '<^ ♦•t^* 4** <5«. •i7^» aO' '^P^^ 



i^^'^^. 



5^°'*' 









*^^** 

./%. 












\.^* 

'^"^s. 



'/\ 0°/^^.^ y-^^'^. '<-^Si>- y. 

•1 






'by 



•ee.0^ 
^^<^^ 















%^^ 

^^'\ 






.-i^^^io^.^^^ .r.!^-.X .4?*.iiiL%^^^ y.tk:A:.%, 







VERMONT: 



ITS 



Resources and Industries. 

EMBRACING 

HISTORICAL AND DESCRIPTIVE SKETCHES OF THE 
GREEN MOUNTAIN STATE, AND THE PRIN- 
CIPAL CITIES AND TOWNS THEREIN. 



ILLUSTRATED. 









1889. 
C. H. POSSONS, Publisher, 

GLENS FALLS, N. Y. 






"May this volume continue in inotion, 
And its pages each day be unfurled, 
Till an ant to the dregs drink the ocean, 
Or a tortoise has crawled round the world." 






INDEX TO TOWNS. 



BARRE 222 

Bellows Falls 211 

Bennington 163 

Brandon 259 

Brattleboro 193 

Burlington 71 

Castleton 159 

Danby and Mt. Tabor 207 

Fair Haven 257 

Manchester 255 

Middlebury 247 

Montpelier 54 

Newport -_-- 256 

North Bennington 260 

Proctor 187 

Randolph 220 

Rutland '- i39 

South Wallingford 258 

St. Albans 123 

St. Johnsbury 232 

SwANTON 135 

Vergennes 249 

Waterbury 250 

West Randolph 253 

West Rutland 156 



Erratuvi.— On page 75, the capacity of the Burhngton water-works res- 
ervohs should be given at 7,000,000 gallons, instead of the capacity printed. 



GENERAL INDEX. 



American House, S. I. Stroud. Proprietor, St. Albans -. 128 

At wood Manufacturing Co. , Suspenders and Buckles, Swanton 136 

Bailey, A. L. , Musical Instruments, St. Johnsbury .... 246 

Bailey's Music Rooms, H. W. Hall, Manager, Burlington 108 

Barn(>y ]\Iarble Co. , Swanton 138 

Bardillo Marble Co., Rutland 153 

Bates House, A. H. Tuttle & Son. Proprietors, Rutland 143 

Berry, Hall & Co., "Vermont Coffee and Spice Mills," Wholesale deal- 
ers in Teas, Cigars, etc. , Burlington 1 04 

Bishop Hopkins Hall, Rev. L. M. Hardy, Principal, Burlington 116 

Blodgett, G. S. & Co. , Portable Ovens, etc. , Burlington 114 

Booth, J. R., Lumber, U. A. Woodbury, Manager, Burlington.. Ill 

Bowers Granite Co., R. C, Montpelier 65 

Bradford, H. E. & Qo. , Knit Goods, Bennington 178 

Burlington Beef Co.. Western Beef, etc., Burlington 109 

Burlington and Colchester Mills, W^oolens, F. C. Kennedy, Agent, 

Burlington i — 93 

Burlington Mfg. Co. . Marble. Burlington 104 

Bronsons, Dunham & Weston, Lumber, Burlington 110 

Brooks House, Brattleboro 203 

Capital Granite Co., Thos. W. Eagan, Manager, Montpelier 69 

Carrick Brothers Granite Co. , St. Johnsbury 242 

Chandler, W. D. , Photographer, St. Albans 133 

(^hamplain Transportation Co. , Burlington 110 

Colby Wringer Co. , Montpelier 64 

Cooper, Charles, Knitting Machines and Spring Needles, Bennington. . . 173 

Cooper Manufacturing Co., Knit Goods, Bennington. 175 

Crosby, E. & Co. , Wholesale Flour, Brattleboro 206 

Cross C. H. & Son, Bakers, Montpelier 63 

CrossG. H. & Co., Bakers, St. Johnsbury 245 

Drew, L. S. , Stock-breeder, Burlington 120 

Dr. Sparhawk's Sanitarium, G. E. E. Sparhawk, Proprietor, Burlington 105 
Dr. Willard's •' Rest Cure," Dr. A. J. Willard, Proprietor, Burlington.. 107 
Dunn & Cramton, Stoves, Ranges, Tin Plate, Pipe and Fittings, etc.. 

Junk, Rutland 149 

Dutcher, Frederick, Druggist and Manufacturer of Fly-Killer, St. 

Albans 133 

Ely Hoe and Tool Co., St. Johnsbury 243 

Estey Organ Co., Brattleboro 204 

Excelsior Granite Co. , Staples & Copeland, Proprietors, Montpelier 68 

Fairbanks Scale Works, E. & T. Fairbanks & Co., St. Johnsbury 239 

Fall Mountain Paper Co. , Bellows Falls 216 

First National Bank, Montpelier 62 



viii Generai, Index. 



First National Bank, St. Johnsbuiy 242 

Flint, Wyman & Sons, Paper, Bellows Falls, 217 

Fi-ee Press Association, Burlington 98 

Granite Savings Banks and Trust Co. , Barre . . 224 

Green Mountain Stock Farm, West Randolph 253 

Green Mountain Summer Home Co., Bennington . ... 185 

Griffith, S. L. , Lumber and Chai'coal, Danby 208 

Harris Manufacturing Co., Chairs, Lumber, Machinery and Castings, 

Rutland 147 

Henry, Johnson & Lord, Proprietary Medicines, Burlington 112 

Holmes, J. H. & Co., Boilers, Rutland 155 

Howard National Bank, Burlington 100 

Howe Scale Company, Rutland 151 

Jones Brothers, Granite, Barre 225 

Johnson & Colton, Harness-maker's supplies, Montpelier 68 

Lake View Retreat, Dr. John M. Clark, Proprietor, Burlington 91 

Lane's Bookstore, A. F. Lane, Proprietor, St. Albans .. 134 

Lane Manufacturing Co., Machinists and Manufacturers of Saw-mill 

Machinery, etc. , Montpelier 61 

Lang, W. H., Goodhue & Co., Machinists and Hydraulic Engineers, 

Burlington 97 

Lincoln Iron Works, Stone and Wood-working Machinery, Rutland 145 

Long's Bookstore, D. F. Long, Proprietor, Montpelier 67 

Lyman & Allen, Dry Goods, Burlington 1 03 

Mansfield & Stimson, Machinery and Castings, Rutland 1 50 

Marr & Gordon, Granite, Barre, 2-^7 

Moore, John T. & Son, Paper, Bellows Falls 216 

" Montpelier Crackers," C. H. Cross & Son, Montpelier 63 

Moore, Arms & Thompson, Paper, Bellows Falls 217 

Moseley & Stoddard Co. , Dairy Implements, Rutland 1 54 

National Bank of Barre, Barre.. 223 

National Life Insurance Co. , Montpelier 58 

Nelson, Henry J. , Furniture, Burlington . . 109 

New England Fire Insurance Co. , Rutland 144 

Osgood & Barker, Machinists, Bellows Falls 218 

Parmenter's Insurance Agency, Rutland 1 53 

Peck. T. S. , Insui-ance, Burlington 101 

Peterson, C. G., Crockery, Lamps, etc., Burlington. .. 113 

Prolific Poultry Food, L. B. Lord, Manufacturer, Burlington 121 

Robertson, John & Son, Paper, Bellows Falls 217 

' ' Rocks and Romance," Burlington 119 

Rutland Foundry and Machine Shop Co. , Rutland . _ 148 

Sheldon Marble Co. , West Rutland 157 

Shepard & Morse Lumber Co. , Burlington 96 

Smith & Hunt, Children's Carriages, Brattleboro 206 

Smith, Whitcomb & Cook, Machinists and Manufacturers of Plows, 

Water-wheels, etc, Barre - 230 

State Normal School, Edw. Conant, Principal, Randolph 220 



General Index. ix 



Stafford & Holden Mfg. Co. , Forks, Rakes, etc. , Barre 230 

Union Card Co. , Pi'inters, Montpelier 68 

U. S. Clothespin Co.. Montpelier . 65 

Valentine Knitting Co. , Bennington 171 

Van Ness House, Burlington 90 

Vermont Construction Co. , Bridges, St. Albans 131 

Vermont Episcopal Institute, Prof. H. H. Ross, Principal, Burlington. 118 

Vermont Farm Machine Co., Dairy Implements, Bellows Falls 218 

Vermont Granite Co. , Barre 228 

Vermont Life Insurance Co. , Burlington 89 

Vermont Marble Co. , Proctor 187 

Vermont Methodist Seminary, Montpelier 67 

Vermont Mutual Fire Insurance Co. , Montpelier _ 60 

Scott, Olin, Powder Machinery, Pulp Machinery, etc., Bennington 176 

Steam Stone Cutter Co., Quarry Machinery, Rutland 150 

St. Albans Foundry, Machinists, Threshing Machines, Horse Powers, 

Saw Mills, St. Albans .. 129 

Skillings, "VVhitneys & Barnes Lumber Co. , Burlington 99 

St. Johnbury Academy, St. Johnsbury _.... 214 

Swauton Suspender Co. , Manufacturers of Atwood Suspenders, Swanton 137 

Tewksbury , A. W. & Son, West Randolph 253 

Tiffany Bx"os., Knit Goods, Bennington .. 171 

Tiffany, E. & Son, Knitting Machinery, Bennington 167 

Twitciiell, F. F. & Co., Dry Goods and Carpets, St. Albans 132 

True Blue Marble Co., Rutland 150 

Vermont State Normal School, Abel E. Leavenworth, A. M., Principal, 

Castleton.. ._ 160 

Wells, Lamson & Co., Granite, Barre 226 

Wells & Richardson Co. , Wholesale Druggists, Burlington 94 

Willard Manufacturing Co., Overalls, Hose Supporters, etc., St. Albans 129 

Willard Russell & Co. , Paper, Bellows Falls 216 

Wing, H. R. & Son, Last Manufacturers, Burlington 106 

Yucca Co. , Hair Preparation, Burlington 111 



©IHe ©yreen Mountain ^tate. 




I HE STATE OF VERMONT bears the distinction of 
being the first State added to the original thirteen 
which formed the American Confederac}-. It was 
long claimed both by New Hampshire and New 
York, the territory being known in colonial times as 
the " New Hampshire Grants." At the breaking out of the Rev- 
olution the inhabitants assumed the powers of government and 
adopted the present name, the word Vermont being obtained 
from the French Verd Monts, or Green Mountains, an appella- 
tion used by the first civilized people who visited this part of the 
world to designate the mountain range for which the State is now 
celebrated, 

LOCATION AND BOUNDARIES. 

Vermont is situated in the northwestern 
comer of New England, and lies between 
the parallels of 42° 44' and 45° of north 
latitude, and between 3° 35' and 5° 29' of 
east longitude from Washington. It is 
bounded on the north by the Province of 
Canada, on the east by New Hampshire 
(the west bank of the Connecticut River 
forming the boundary line), on the south 
by Massachusetts, and on the west by New 
York and Lake Champlain. 

The length of the State, from north to 
south, is 157/^ miles, and the average 
width, from east to west, 57^^ miles. The 
length of the north line is 90 miles and of 
the south line 41 miles. The State has an 
area of 9,056^ square miles, or 5,795,960 
acres. 




ETHAN ALLEN MONUMENT, 
BURLINGTON , 



31 Vermont: Its Resotirces a7id Industries. 

The surface of Vermont is generally uneven. A few townships 
along the margin of Lake Champlain may be called level, but 
with these exceptions the entire State consists of hills and valleys, 
alluvial flats and gentle acclivities, elevated plains and lofty 
mountains. The Green Mountains extend quite through the 
State from south to north and divide it into two nearly equal 
parts. These form the only natural division, with the exception 
of Lake Champlain, the waters of which divide the county of 
Grand Isle from the counties of Franklin and Chittenden, and the 
several islands which compose that count}^ from each other and 
the main land. 

COUNTY DIVISIONS. 

Vermont is divided into fourteen counties, which are sub- 
divided into two hundred and forty-three townships and several 
small gores of land which are not annexed to or formed into town- 
ships. The names of the counties, with the capitals of each are 
given below, the capitals appearing in parenthesis : Addison 
(Middlebury), Bennington (Bennington), Caledonia (St. Johns- 
bury), Chittenden (Burlington), Essex (Guildhall), Franklin (St. 
Albans), Grand Isle (North Hero), Lamoille (Hydepark), Orange 
(Chelsea), Orleans (Irasburgh), Rutland (Rutland), Washington 
(Montpelier), Windham (Newfane), Windsor (Woodstock). 

DISCOVERY. 

For more than one hundred years after the discovery of the 
American Continent by Columbus, in 1492, the State of Vermont 
lay hidden from the civilized peoples of the earth. In 1534 James 
Cartier, in the service of France, discovered the Gulf and River to 
which he afterwards gave the name of St. Lawrence. In the 
following year he ascended the River to the Indian town or Hoch- 
elega, to which he gave the name of Mont- Real (Mount Royal), 
the opulent and interesting Montreal of modern times. Two days 
later (October 4, 1535) he departed. In 1540 Cartier visited Can- 
ada for the third time and attempted to found a colony. In 1603 
Samuel de Champlain, a nobleman of France, visited the places 
Cartier had described and returned to his country filled with the 
burning zeal of an explorer. In 1608 the French court fitted out 
a fleet and placed it under his command. He arrived in Quebec 
in the early part of July, where he remained until the spring of 
1809. Learning from the Indians, the Algonquins, who inhabited 



Vermont : lis Resources and Industries. 



32 



the territory north of the St. Lawrence, that there was a large 
bod}' of water to the south, between them and a powerful tribe of 
Indians, the Iroquois, who were their enemies, he determined to 
explore it. Accordingl^^ April 10, 1609, he set out on his explor- 
ing expedition, and on the morning of July 4th entered the lake 
to which he afterwards gave his own name, and viewed, for the 
first time, what is now embraced in the State of Vermont. 




STATE CAPITOL BUILDING, MONTPELIER. 

Thus, before the Dutch had commenced their settlements upon 
the Island of Manhattan, or Hendrick Hudson had discovered the 
noble river which bears his name, before the Mayflower with her 
cargo of Puritans had landed at Plymouth Rock, or John Smith 
had explored the coast of Massachusetts, had the State of Vermont 
been discovered and the waters of Lake Champlain been explored 
b}-^ Samuel de Champlain. 

In 1664, M. de Tracy, then Governor of New France (the French 
possessions in America), entered upon the work of erecting a line 
of fortifications on Lake Champlain. In 1690 a fort was built at 
Chimney Point, Addison County, and a thriving settlement 
sprang up, but it was not until 1724, at Fort Dummer, that the 
first permanent settlement was commenced, the garrison of this 
fort being for several vears the onlv white inhabitants in Vennont. 



33 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

COLONIAL WARS. 

While the French were founding their colony at Quebec, explor- 
ing the regions of Canada, and rapidly extending their settlements 
along the St. Lawrence, the other nations of Europe were not 
inactive. The English, after several unsuccessful attempts, suc- 
ceeded, in 1607, in making a permanent settlement upon the banks 
of the James River, in Virginia, and about the same time planted 
a small colony in the present State of Maine. In 1614, Captain 
John Smith explored the sea coast from the Penobscot River to 
Cape Cod, drew a map of the same and denominated the country- 
New England. In 1609 Captain Hendrick Hudson, at that time 
in the service of Holland, discovered and gave his name to Hud- 
son River, and in 16 14 the Dutch began a settlement on the 
Island of Manhattan, where the City of New York now stands. 
In 1620, a band of English subjects, who, to avoid persecution, 
had twenty years before taken refuge in Holland, and who were 
called Puritans, from their scrupulous religious conduct, arrived 
at Plymouth, Mass. In 1623 the English had begun a settle- 
ment at Portsmouth and Dover, N. H., and ten years later they 
had penetrated the wilderness to the Connecticut River. 

Thus early were the French on the north, the Dutch on the south, 
and the English on the east, advancing their settlements towards 
Vermont. 

The French laid claim to nearly the whole country, confining 
the English to a narrow strip of land along the Atlantic coast. 
The English resisted, and thus the jealousies and rivalries which 
had long made France and England enemies in the Old World 
was transplanted to the New Continent. The French sought the 
alliance of the Indian tribes and years of warfare followed, in 
which the English at last succeeded in gaining a large amount 
of land. The first hostilities between them originated on Wil- 
liam's accession to the throne of England, in 1689. It terminated 
in the peace of Ryswick, in 1697. Queen Anne's war, so called, 
commenced in 1702 and continued to the peace of Utrecht, in 
1 7 13. In 1745 George II. declared the third war, which con- 
tinued until articles of peace were signed at Aix-la-Chapelle, in 
1748. The last conflict between these powers anterior to the 
Revolution was formally declared by Great Britain in 1756, being 
reciprocated the same year on the part of France. It finally ter- 
minated by the capture of Montreal, in September, 1760, when 
the Province of Canada was surrendered to Great Britain. 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 34 

During the period of the French wars the territory now included 
within the State of Vermont was the chief point of rendezvous 
for the French and their Indian allies in their hostile excursions 
against the English settlements in the va,lley of the Connecticut. 
It was through here they generally led their captives and carried 
their plunder, their usual route both in going and returning being 
along Missisquoi Bay and Winooski River, crossing the short 
carrying place between the River and Mallett's Bay. 

SETTLEMENT AND LAND TITLE CONTROVERSY. 

As before stated, the first civilized establishment within the 
present limits of Vermont was made in 1724 by the erection of 
Fort Dummer, in the southeastern comer of Brattleboro'. No 
permanent settlement was effected on the west side of the Green 
Mountains until after the conquest of Canada by the English. 

When the English commenced their establishment at Fort 
Dummer that fort was supposed to lie within the limits of Mas- 
sachusetts, and settlements were made in that vicinity under grants 
from that provincial government. But after a long controversy 
between Massachusetts and New Hampshire, respecting the divid- 
ing line, King George II. finally decreed "that the northern 
boundary of Massachusetts be a similar curve line, pursuing the 
course of the Merrimac River, at three miles distance, on the north 
side thereof, beginning at the Atlantic Ocean and ending at a 
point due north of Pawtucket Falls ; and a straight line drawn 
from thence, due west, until it meets wuth his Majestj^'s other 
govenmients. " This line was run in 17 14, and has ever since 
been admitted as the boundary line between Massachusetts and 
New Hampshire. 

By this decision, and the establishment of this line, the govern- 
ment of New Hampshire concluded that their jurisdiction ex- 
tended as far west as Massachusetts had claimed and exercised, 
that is, within twenty miles of Hudson River. It was also 
well known, both in Great Britain and America, that the King 
had repeatedly recommended to the assembly of New Hampshire, 
to make provision for the support of Fort Dummer ; and Fort 
Dummer was located upon the west side of the river, thus proving 
that the jurisdiction of New Hampshire extended west of the Con- 
necticut ; but how far w^est had not been particularly inquired into ; 
the twenty mile line from the Hudson being taken for granted, 
and silently acquiesced in by the King. 



r 




|. ,:!Mmer?ih|! 



,»-ifc-gg-s.i.f<t%a-iSie ■^'■iu,sts^i!&im^iii-^^>?^' '.^'A 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 36 

The land Ij'iiig between the Connecticut and New York was the 
most fertile and productive in the State, and it soon began to 
attract the attention of pioneers. Applications for grants were 
rapidly made to Gov. Wentworth, the royal governor of New Hamp- 
shire, so that in the j'ear 1761 not less than sixty charters were 
issued, granting as many townships of six miles square, and in two 
years more the number amounted to one hundred and thirty-eight. 
The territory began to be known by the name of the New 
Hampshire Grants, and the number of settlers grew to be quite 
large. The work of clearing the forest was pushed, larger fields 
were planted and all gave token of a prosperous future. 

As earl}- as 1749 a correspondence was opened between the 
Governor of New Hampshire and the Governor of New York 
regarding the lands embraced in the New Hampshire Grants, each 
claiming titles to the lands on the west side of the Connecticut 
River ; j^et without regard to these interfering claims, Wentworth 
continued to make further grants. 

By the fees and other emoluments which Wentworth received 
in return for these grants, and by reserving five hundred acres in 
each township for himself, he was evidently accumulating a 
large fortune. The government of New York, wishing to have 
the profits of these lands, became alarmed at the proceedings of 
the Governor of New Hampshire, and determined to check them. 
The claim of New York to the territory was based upon an old 
charter issued by Charles II., in 1664, making an extraordinary 
grant to his brother, the Duke of York, containing, among other 
parts of America, "all the lands from the west of the Connect- 
icut River to the east side of Delaware Bay. ' ' 

In December, 1763, Governor Colden, of New York, issued a 
proclamation in which he recited the grants made by Charles II., 
stating that ' ' the western bank of the Connecticut should there- 
after be regarded as the eastern boundary- of New York," and 
notifying his Majesty's subjects to govern themselves accordingly. 
The Settlers of the grants were displeased at this change, but they 
supposed their titles to lands would be perfectly secure, and con- 
sidered the change only that of jurisdiction. But ere long new 
grantees began to appear, with charters issued by the authorit}- of 
New York, who ousted, or attempted to oust, the original grantees. 
The settlers of Vermont were a bold, hardy people, law abiding, 
but possessing a peculiarly acute sense of justice, and sturdy in 
defending their rights. Their allegiance to King George III. 



37 Vermont : lis Resources and Industries. 

soon became merely nominal, and they obeyed only the mandates 
of their own conventions. The New York claimants would come 
on, present their claims and oust those already occupying the 
land, if possible, while they in their turn would be driven off by 
the settlers, leading to much violence and outrage on both sides. 
One part}^ was called "land pirates" and " land thieves," while 
the people of the grants were in turn stigmatized as ' ' rebels ' ' and 
' ' outlaws. ' ' 

In these scenes of violence and opposition, Ethan Allen placed 
himself at the head of the settlers of the grants. Bold, enter- 
prising and ambitious, wielding the pen and the sword with 
almost equal facility, though rash and indiscreet, withal, he soon 
made himself and his " Green Mountain Boys" a foe whom New 
Yorkers learn to respect, in point of arms at least. Associated 
with Allen were Seth Warner and Remember Baker, in courage 
and bravery not a whit behind their leader. Baker was one of the 
first settlers in Chittenden Countj^ His life was unfortunately 
brought to a sad end during the early part of the Revolution. 
Warner was cool, firm, steady, resolute and fully determined that 
the laws of New York respecting the settlers never should be 
carried into execution. At the beginning of the trouble, when an 
officer came to take him as a rioter, he considered it as an afiair of 
open hostility, and defended himself, attacked, wounded and dis- 
armed the ofl&cer, but, with the spirit of a soldier, spared his life. 
' ' Beech sealing ' ' was a favorite mode of punishment awarded 
the obnoxious New York officials. This consisted of tjdng the 
victim to a tree and administering a certain number of lashes with 
a beech gad. 

The people of the Grants struggled on until the breaking out of 
the Revolution, when the greater and common trouble consumed 
the lesser. On the 24th and 25th of September, 1776, one of the 
conventions of the Green Mountain Boys was held in Dorset, at 
which it was resolved ' ' to take suitable measures as soon as may 
be, to declare the New Hampshire Grants a separate district. " 
This was the germ which soon expanded and grew into the free 
and independent State of Vermont, the only State in the Union, 
except Texas, which was admitted by petition of her people. The 
close of the war found Vermont an independent State to which 
New York relinquished all right and title upon payment of 
$30,000. 



Vermont : Its Resources and hidustries. 38 

THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR. 

The long struggle between England and France had barely 
ended when Great Britain determined to get back from her 
American possessions what she had expended in defending them. 
Accordingly we find the history of twelve years, from the treaty 
of peace in 1763 to 1775, a continuous narrative of unwise, 
ungenerous attempts on the part of the mother country' to increase 
her revenues at the expense of her colonies, and on the part of the 
colonies, of spirited and united resistance to these attempts. 
The colonies would willingly have borne part of the load, had 
they been allowed a voice in laying the duties or taxes to be 
imposed. But they insisted that taxation without representation 
was an infringement on the rights of freemen ; that the power to 
tax them should be vested in their own colonial assemblies, or 
that, if Parliament were to exercise it, they should be represented 
in Parliament. To the folly of George III. , strengthened by the 
tyranny of the British Parliament, who would do nothing for his 
people in America without being exhorbitantly paid ; by the 
passage of the notorious Stamp Act, in 1 765 ; and the Boston Port 
Bill, in 1774, is owing the estrangement and revolt in 1775 and 
the long war which followed. 

The people of the New Hampshire Grants entered with hearty 
zeal into the contest for American Independence. Their schooling 
had been such as to render them an undesirable foe to meet. A 
large portion of them had served in the French and Indian wars, 
and during the twelve or fifteen years that intervened had been 
almost continually at strife with New York, leading to a feeling 
of deadly hatred against King George and the British Parliament. 

The military posts on Lake Champlain were at this time 
garrisoned by British soldiers, and the British government had 
been pursuing measures by which the}^ might, if necessarj-, avail 
themselves of the strength and resources of Canada, for the pur- 
pose of subjugating their other colonies, in case of a revolt. The 
importance of securing these posts was at once perceived by the 
Americans and the design of efiecting this object engaged at the 
same time the attention of several adventurers, both in Massa- 
chusetts and Connecticut, who were utterly ignorant of the others' 
views. The first active measures for accomplishing the purpose 
were taken by Connecticut. The success of the enterprise 
depended upon its being managed with secrecy and dispatch. 
The fearless spirit and powerful influence of Ethan Allen was 



Vermont : Its Resources and hidustries. 40 

enlisted in the enterprise and an intrepid band of two hundred 
and seventy volunteers, all of whom, except forty, belonged to the 
Green Mountains, were collected at Castleton on the 7th of May. 
At this moment Benedict Arnold, commissioned colonel by the 
Massachusetts committee of safety, appeared on the scene and 
claimed the command of the expedition. A contest ensued which 
threatened to defeat the whole design, but was terminated by the 
troops refusing to proceed except under leadership of Allen. The 
garrison of Ticonderoga was slumbering in profound security. 
Allen and his party arrived at Shoreham, opposite Ticonderoga, 
the night of Maj- 9th, 1775. Facilities for crossing the lake were 
meagre, and but eighty- three men had made the trip when morning 
dawned. Allen, knowing how much delay would imperil the 
issue, decided to advance at once to the assault. The sentry at 
the outer post snapped his fusee at Allen and retreated through 
the covered waj', closely followed by the Americans, who were im- 
mediately drawn up on the parade in front of the fort. With such 
great expedition and silence was the entrance accomplished that 
the garrison, excepting the sentries, were not awakened from 
their slumbers, until aroused by the cheers of the Green Mountain 
Boys. Captain DeLaplace, the commandant, without waiting to 
dress himself, appeared at the door of his barrack, when Allen 
commanded him to surrender, or he would put the whole garrison 
to the sword. DeLaplace inquired b)- what right he demanded it. 
" I demand it," said Allen, " in the name of the G^-eat Jehovah and 
the Continental Congress.'" The British captain, seeing that 
resistance was in vain, surrendered the garrison prisoners of war 
without knowing b}^ what authority Allen was acting or that 
hostilities had commenced between Great Britain and her colonies. 
Warner, who had been left in command on the eastern shore, ar- 
rived with the balance of the force soon after the surrender, and 
immediately set oflf with a party for the reduction of Crown Point, 
which was garrisoned by a sergeant and twelve men. They sur- 
rendered upon the first summons and Warner took possession of 
the fort. Skeenesboro' (Whitehall) was also taken the same day 
by another party. By these enterprises the Americans captured a 
British major, a captain, a lieutenant and forty-four privates. In 
the forts they found more than two hundred pieces of cannon, 
some howitzers and nlortars, and large quantities of military 
stores Allen and Arnold started soon after for St. Johns, where 
an armed sloop was lying, Arnold in command of a schooner, and 



41 ]/ermo7it : Its Resources and Industries. 

Allen in command of a bateaux. They both set out together upon 
the expedition, but a strong south wind springing up, the schooner 
outsailed the bateaux, and Arnold soon arrived at St. Johns, 
where he surprised and captured the sloop. The wind immedi- 
ately shifting to the north, Arnold set sail with his prize, and met 
Allen some distance from St. Johns. Thus, in the course of a few 
days, and by a few daring individuals, was Lake Champlain and 
its important fortresses secured to the Americans. 

The American Congress, having received intelligence that the 
Governor of Canada had been planning an attack upon the fron- 
tier of the colonies, determined to send a body of American troops 
into that province in the hope that the Canadians would join the 
other colonies in opposition to Great Britain. The troops raised 
for the purpose were to be placed under command of Generals 
Schuyler and Montgomery. Montgomery set out from Crown 
Point August 2ist, meeting with triumph until he reached Que- 
bec, where one-half the American force was slain, among them the 
gallant officer himself, December 31, 1775. The Americans re- 
treated and the apprehended advance of Carleton spread universal 
panic and consternation among the settlers in the environs of the 
lake. 

After their retreat from Canada the American army evacuated 
and destroyed Crown Point, and gathered at Ticonderoga. A 
large British army concentrated at St. Johns, where they remained 
until the summer of 1776, fitting out a fleet with which they hoped 
to gain preponderance upon Lake Champlain. October ist a fleet 
of thirty-one vessels, carrying from one to eighteen guns, was 
ready for service. This fleet was navigated by seven hundred 
veteran seamen, and was armed by a heavy corps of artillery. 

Congress was not insensible to the preparations and in the mean- 
time had equipped a flotilla, at Ticonderoga, under Arnold, of fif- 
teen vessels with an aggregate battery of fifty-five guns, and 
manned by three hundred and fifty gallant and resolute men, 
nearly all of whom, however, were totally inexperienced in naval 
expeditions. Notwithstanding the disparity in every element of 
strength, Arnold fearlessly threw his little armament across the 
path of the invaders. The fleets met on the nth of October in a 
narrow strait between Valcour Island and the main land. During 
four hours the conflict waged with terrific fury. Arnold leveled 
almost every gun in his own vessel, and conducted the battle with 
the most determined courage until night closed the engagement. 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 42 

One of the British gondolas was sunk, and another, with all its 
crew of sixty men, was blown up. An American schooner was 
sunk, and a gondola, the "Royal Savage," was burnt, while the 
entire fleet was shattered and disabled. Arnold was satisfied that 
he could not resist the superior force with which the English were 
prepared to attack him the following morning, and he therefore at- 
tempted to effect an escape to Crown Point by boldly passing 
through the British fleet under cover of a dark and foggy night. 
His retreat was revealed to the enemy by the earliest dawn, and a 
prompt pursuit ensued. A solitary rock which stands in the broad 
lake, was mistaken by the British for an American vessel, and a 
cannonade was opened upon it. It is still called " Carleton's 
Prize. ' ' Arnold was overtaken near Otter Creek and sustained a 
running fire for five hours, giving a part of his fleet opportunity to 
escape to Ticonderoga. He was finall)-- driven into a small creek 
in the town of Pan ton, where he set fire to that part of the fleet 
which was left him, with all colors flying, and led his party 
through the woods to Ticonderoga. The charred wrecks of Ar- 
nold's vessels remained upon the beach for many years, memorials 
of the bravery- of the gallant deeds of him whose name was after- 
wards consigned to infamj-, and whose wretched life was closed by 
death in the garret of a London tenement. 

Next came the invasion of Burgoyne, the evacuation of Ticon- 
deroga, in 1777, followed by the subsequent battle of Hubbardton, 
and the severe check to the triumphant march of Burgoyne, at 
Bennington (an account of which will be found in that part of 
this work referring to Bennington), and the final surrender of 
Cornwallis, at Yorktown, October 19, 1781, virtually ending the 
war. 

WAR OF 1812. 

After the close of the Revolution, Vermont expanded into a free 
and independent State, and was finally admitted into the Union 
March 4. 1791. England, seeming to forget that her offspring 
had arrived at maturity, and was able to protect its own institu- 
tions, continued her acts of tyranny. Looking upon herself as 
mistress of the ocean, she utterly disregarded the rights of the 
United States. Her cruisers would stop and search American 
vessels, and seize such able-bodied seamen as were needed, on the 
pretext that they were British subjects. The President issued a 
proclamation ordering all British ships-of-war to quit the waters of 



43 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

the United States, and Congress passed a non-intercourse act, pro- 
hibiting trade with Great Britain. England persisted in her offen- 
sive course, and war was formally declared by the United States, 
June i8, 1812. War being declared, Burlington became the es- 
tablished seat of operations in Vermont. Troops were stationed 
here, and the public stores were removed from Plattsburgh, and a 
battery planted on a commanding position, now known as Battery 
Park, as the enemy threatened Plattsburgh. In the summer of 
1 8 14 the British concentrated 14,000 men at the foot of Lake 
Champlain and undertook an invasion of the States, somewhat on 
the plan of Burgoyne in 1777. The invasion terminated in the 
notable battle of Plattsburgh, September nth. The British com- 
mander, who had boasted that with his flag-ship alone he could 
whip the whole Yankee fleet, was killed, and his entire squadron 
struck two hours after the battle began. Peace came December 
24th, 18 15, the articles being signed at Ghent, in Belgium. 

WAR FOR THE UNION. 

When the tocsin of rebellion against the Union sounded in 1861, 
Vermont's sons proved their " lineal descent from warlike men," 
and ' ' The Green Mountain Boys ' ' became again an honored title 
of the present, adding lustre to the fame which already clustered 
about it. The causes leading to this terrible civil war need not 
be told here ; the results are patent to everj^ household in the 
broad land. To some, however, the word " results " has a pecu- 
liar significance. It recalls to the memory of the wife, the hus- 
band's face, so kind and true ; to the son and daughter, the loved 
lineaments of their sire ; and to the parents the noble form of 
their bright and promising son, all of whom are now resting in 
the quiet churchyard, or, mayhap, whose bones are bleaching in 
the sand that drained their blood at the fearful carnage of Gettys- 
burg, Antietam, Fredericksburg, or other fields, where perished 
so many of our noble dead. Of this band, 34,238 were sent out 
to fight the battles of their country, and $9,087,352.40 of Ver- 
mont's treasure were expended in the cause. But her greatest 
treasure was the 5,128 noble souls she sacrificed upon the altar of 
Freedom, while 5,022 loyal ones were returned to their homes 
with shattered constitutions or maimed in body. Surely a bounti- 
ful contribution towards the preservation of our "Grand Re- 
public." 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 
THE GREEN MOUNTAINS. 



44 



The celebrated Green Mountain range, which gives name to 
Vermont, extends quite through the State from south to north, 
keeping nearly a middle course between the Connecticut River on 
the east and Lake Champlain on the west. From the Massachu- 
setts line to the southern part of Washington County this range 
continues lofty, dividing the counties of Windham, Windsor and 
Orange, from the counties of Bennington, Rutland and Addison. 
In the southern part of Washington County the Green Mountains 
separate into two ranges. The highest of these bears a little east 
of north and continues along the eastern boundaries of Chittenden 




TWIN BRIDGES, WINOOSKI RIYER, NEAR BURLINGTON. 

and Franklin, and through the county of Lamoille to the Canada 
line. The other range strikes off more to the east, through the 
southern and eastern parts of Washington County, the western 
part of Caledonia County and the northwestern part of Essex 
County to Canada. This last range divides the waters which fall 
into the Connecticut River from those which flow into Lake Cham- 
plain and Lake Memphremagog. The western range is cut into 
several sections by the Winooski, Lamoille and Missisquoi Rivers, 



45 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

and presents the most lofty summits of the State, notably Mt. 
Mansfield and Camel's Hump. The heights of the principal 
mountain peaks of the State are as follows: The Chin, or north 
peak of Mansfield Mountain, 4,389 feet; the Nose, or south peak, 
4,056 feet ; Camel's Hump, 4,088 feet ; Shrewsbury Mountain, 
4,000 feet ; Killington Peak, 4,221 feet ; Pico, 3,935 feet ; Equi- 
nox Mountain, Manchester, 3,706 feet ; Ascutney Mountain, 3,165 
feet. The sides, and, in most cases, the summits of the mountains 
of Vermont are covered with evergreens, and on this account are 
called " Green Mountains." 

RIVERS AND STREAMS. 

Vermont is prolific of rivers and streams, but most of them are 
small. Nearly all originate in the Green Mountains and their 
courses are short and rapid. The entire eastern border of the State 
is washed by the Connecticut River. This stream belongs wholly 
to New Hampshire, its western shore being the boundary of 
Vermont. The Connecticut receives the water from about 3,700 
square miles of territory in Vermont. In addition to many small 
streams it receives the waters of Passumpsic River, 34 miles long ; 
Wells River, 11 miles long ; White River, 55 miles long ; Otta- 
queechee River, 35 miles long ; and several other considerable 
streams. Clyde River, Barton River and Black River, empty into 
Lake Memphremagog. The largest streams of the State : — Otter 
Creek, Winooski River, Lamoille River and Missisquoi River, 
empty into Lake Champlain. 

Otter Creek is the longest stream in Vermont. It originates in 
Mt. Tabor, Peru and Dorset, and takes a northwesterly course, 
passing through Rutland, Proctor, Pittsford, Middlebury and 
Vergennes to Lake Champlain, 90 miles from its source. It 
has many tributaries and waters about 900 square miles of 
territory. Along the stream are several mill privileges, utilized 
by some of the finest manufacturing establishments in the State. 
From Vergennes to the mouth, a distance of eight miles. Otter 
Creek is navigable for the largest vessels on Lake Champlain, 
The flats along the stream are very extensive and fertile. Otter 
Creek was named by the French la Riviere aux Loutres^ the River 
of Otters. 

Missisquoi River, the second longest stream in the State, has its 
source in Lowell, flows northeasterly into Canada, where it receives 
a large stream from the northeast. After running several miles 



Vermont : Ifs Resojirces and Industries. 



46 



into Canada it returns into Vermont, and taking a serpentine 
course, falls into Missisquoi Bay near Canada line. There are 
several falls and mill sites on this stream, all of which are utilized. 
Missisquoi River is about 75 miles long. It is navigable for ves- 
sels of fifty tons burden, six miles, to Swanton Falls. 

The Winooski, 70 miles long, is the third stream in size in the 
State. This river is formed in the township of Cabot by the 
union of several small streams, and taking a southerly course, 
enters Marshfield, where it receives a large tributary from the 
east. Through Marshfield the River continues a southerly course 
into Plainfield, where it bends to the southwest and flows through 
Montpelier. From Montpelier the River takes a northwesterly 
course, which it continues until it falls into Lake Champlain near 
Burlington. Its largest tributaries are Dog River and Stevens 
Branch in Berlin, Worcester Branch, in Montpelier, Mad River in 
Moreton, Waterbury River in Waterbur)', Huntington River in 
Richmond and Muddy Brook between Williston and Burlington. 




MIDDLESEX NARROWS. WINOOSKI RIVER 

The Winooski River is also known as the Onion. Winooski is an 
Indian name, composed of two words in the Algonquin ton e, 



4^7 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

Winoos, onions or leeks, and ki, land, so that the literal significa- 
tion is land of onions. During the colonial wars it was called 
French River. The alluvial flats along the Winooski are narrow 
until the River has passed through the western range of the 
Green Mountains, where they become broad and fertile. Nature, 
circumstance and historical lore have combined to render the 
Winooski a stream of peculiar interest. The channels which have 
been worn in the rocks by this River are a great curiosity. One 
of these, called Middlesex Narrows, between Middlesex and More- 
ton, is about eighty rods in length, sixty feet in width and thirty 
feet deep. The rock on each side appears like a wall. Another 
of these channels is about four miles below Waterbury village. 
Its depth is about loo feet and the rocks on the south side are 
perpendicular. The rocks which have here fallen into the chasm 
form a natural bridge which is crossed by footmen at low water. 
Holes of cylindrical form are here worn into the solid rock several 
feet in depth. A third channel is located about three-quarters of 
a mile above Winooski Village. Here the channel, which is about 
seventy feet in width, for a distance of forty rods, has worn its 
course through the surface to a depth of sixcy-five feet, leaving a 
perpendicular wall of solid rock on either side, over which has been 
built a bridge, called High Bridge, a view from which is well 
worth a visit. 

Lamoille River is formed by the union of several streams in 
Greensboro', and after running southwesterly into Hardwick, pur- 
sues a northwesterly course until it falls into Lake Champlain, in 
the northwest comer of Colchester, Along the Lamoille are some 
very beautiful tracts of farming lands. The Lamoille is not as 
large as the Winooski or Missisquoi. It was discovered by 
Champlain in 1609 and called by him La Mouette, the French for 
mew or gull, a species of water fowl which were numerous about 
the mouth of the stream. Through a mistake in not crossing his 
t's the engraver made the name la mouelle in Charlevoix's map of 
North America, published in 1744, which soon changed to the 
present appellation. 

The Passumpsic River has its source in a pond on the easterl}'- 
line of Wetmore, runs southeastly through Newark to the west 
corner of East Haven, thence south through Burke, Lyndon, St. 
Johnsbur^^ Waterford and Bamet, and empties into the Connecti- 
cut. The Passumpsic receives the waters of several large streams. 



Vermont .■ Its Resources and Industries. 48 

LAKES. 

Small lakes and ponds are found in all parts of Vermont, but 
there are no large bodies of water lying wholly within the State. 
No less than sixty-six small lakes and ponds, varying in length 
from half a mile to eight miles, and in width from one-fourth mile 
to two and a half miles, are in Vermont. 

Lake Bomoseen is the largest bod}- of water lying wholly within 
the State. It is situated principally in the town.of Castleton, in a 
basin of rocks, which in some parts is of great depth. Lake Bomo- 
seen is eight miles long and two and one-half miles wide at its 
broadest part. An island containing ten acres is situated near the 
centre ol the lake. 

Lake Dunsmore, four miles long \>y three-fourths of a mile wide, 
is situated partly in Salisbury and partly in Leicester, discharging 
into Otter Creek. This lake is famous for its fish. 

Lake Meraphremagog is situated on the north line of the State, 
about midway between the Connecticut River and Lake Champlain. 
It extends north and south, and is thirty miles in length, 
about one-third (the south end) being in Vermont. Lake Mem- 
phremagog has an average width of two and one-fourch miles. It 
discharges through Magog outlet into the St. Francis River. 

Lake Champlain lies between Vermont and the State of New 
York, more than half of it being within the limits of Vermont. 
Grand Isle County is formed of the islands in the lake belonging 
to Vermont. These include South Hero, 13 miles long. North 
Hero, 1 1 miles long, and Isle La Motte. Grand Isle County has 
a population of about 4,000. South Hero is connected with the 
mainland by a sand-bar bridge. From Whitehall to Fort Mont- 
gomery, at the Canada line, according to United States coast sur- 
vey. Lake Champlain measures 107J2 miles ; its greatest width is 
12^^ miles, its uiean width 4)!' miles, and its greatest depth 399 feet- 
Measuring down into Missisquoi Baj', on the Vermont side, ex- 
tending into Canada, and separated from the outlet by Alburgh 
Tongue, the extreme length of the lake is 118 miles. Its eleva- 
tion above tide is 93 feet. Lake Champlain is connected with the 
Hudson River by a canal sixty-four miles long, so that the towns 
lying on the shores of the lake have direct communication by wa- 
ter with the cities of Tro3% Albany and New York, and, by means 
of the Erie Canal, with the great Western lakes. Direct water 
communication is also had with Montreal on the north. The 
shores of Lake Champlain are indented by numerous bays, most 



49 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

of which are small. Missisquoi Bay is the largest. It belongs, 
principally, to Vermont. No part of the United States is more 
interesting from its historic associations, than Ivake Champlain. 
Every bay and island, and nearly every foot of its shores, has been 
the scene of some warlike movement, the midnight foray of the 
predator>^ savage, the bloody scout of the frontier settlers, the ren- 
dezvous of armed bands, or the conflict of contending armies. 
These stirring incidents extend in tradition far beyond the first 
discovery of the lake, and are brought down by scattered and 
unconnected history, in an almost uninterrupted series of strifes 
and contentions, to the close of the war of 1812. Previous to the 
settlement of the country by the Europeans, Lake Champlain had 
long been the thoroughfare between hostile and powerful Indian 
tribes, and after the settlement it continued the same in reference 
to the French and English colonies, and subsequently in reference 
to the English in Canada and the United States. In consequence 
of the peculiarity of its location, the name of Lake Champlain 
stands connected with some of the most interesting events in the 
annals of our country, and the transactions associated with the 
names of Ticonderoga, and Crown Point, and Plattsburgh, and 
many other places, united with the variety and beauty of the 
scenery, the neatness and accommodations of its steamboats, ren- 
der a tour thi'ough this lake one of the most interesting and agree- 
able to the enlightened traveler. 

Commercial business on Lake Champlain was begun as early as 
1770, when Major Skeene, of Whitehall, launched a sloop and 
made regular trips through the lake to Canada, thus opening a 
communication with the settlements on the borders of the lake. 




THE FIRST STEAMER ON LAKE CHAMPLAIN AND THE 
SECOND STEAMBOAT EVER BUILT. 



Vermo7ii : Its Resources and Industries. 50 

The Revolution put a stop to commercial business, however, but 
it was immediately resumed on the declaration of peace, and the 
white wings of the trading sloops, and the rafts of heavy timber, 
dotted the whole length of the lake. 

The great stride in progress was in 1808, one 3'ear after Robert 
Fulton made the memorable trial trip of his steamboat on the 
Hudson. Burlington parties were the first to take practical ad- 
vantage of the new field opened by the event. During this year 
they launched the second practical steamboat ever made and the 
next year, 1809, it commenced navigating the lake, just two 
hundred years after Champlain had entered upon its waters in his 
bark canoe. The owners and builders of this boat were two 
brothers, John and James Winans. The boat was called the 
"Vermont." It was similar in appearance to a large-class canal 
boat, except being about forty feet longer and six feet wider. 
The decks were clear, having no pilot-house, the steering being 
done by a tiller, and the engine, an horizontal one, being all un- 
der deck, only the smoke-stack appearing above. She was fitted 
with second-hand machinery, very poor at that, had a cylinder 
twenty inches by three feet. " side level bell crank," with a larger 
balance wheel ten feet in diameter. The boat was constantly sub- 
ject to " break-downs," which were a part of her programme, and 
could be relied upon to make a trip from Whitehall to St. Johns 
and back in about a week. In October, 18 15, on her trip from 
St. Johns, the connecting rod became detached from the crank, 
and before the engine could be stopped, it was forced through the 
bottom of the boat and she sunk, a wreck, near Ash Island, a few 
miles south of Isle Aux Noix. Improvements in steamboat build- 
ing at once began, and in 1815 the " ist Phoenix" was built on 
the lake, her speed being double that of its predecessor. This 
boat was destroyed by fire in September, 1819, causing the death 




CUAMl'LAl.N TKAN.SFuKiA 1 1^.;> <_.,.. .-^ .lu.-.i' STEAMER. 



51 



Vermont : Its Resources and Indtistries. 



of six passengers. From this time forward boats were rapidly put 
out, increasing in power and size, until the present ' ' floating 
palaces ' ' have attained almost perfection. Navigation companies 
were established, and steamboat property came to be the most 
profitable in which one could invest money. The advent of the 
locomotive checked navigation business largely, but there is still 
a large business done on the lake. The Champlain Transporta- 
tion Co. is the oldest company existing on the lake, and to its 
energy and enterprise is owing, in a great degree, the past and 
present prosperity of the transportation business. Its charter was 
granted as early as 1826, and its first steamer was the 




THE PALATIAL "VERMONT," NOW RUNNING. 

Franklin. This compan}^ operate three steamers, viz.: The 
Vermont, 262 feet long, 36-foot beath and nine-foot hold ; 
capacity, 11 25 tons. The Vermont has fifty-six state rooms. It 
runs daily (Sundaj^s excepted) during the season of summer 
travel, between Plattsburgh and Fort Ticonderoga via Burlington, 
forming train connections for Saratoga, Albany and New York, 
and also connecting with steamers on Lake George, (owned by the 
same compan}^). The Chateangay, of the Champlain Transporta- 
tion Co., is a new steamer, its first season being 1888. It runs 
between Port Henry and Plattsburgh via Burlington every week 
day. The Chateatigay is 203 feet long, 30-foot beam, 9-foot hold. 
It has all the conveniences of modern steamboats and is the fastest 
steamer on the lake. The A. Williams is a third boat belonging 
to this company. It is 122 feet long and has a capacity of 240 



Verinont : Us Resources and Industries. 52 

tons. It is used chiefly for excursions. The Maqiiam is the 
property of the St. Johnsbur}^ & Lake Champlain Railroad Co., 
and plies between Maquam, Grand Isle, Plattsburgh and Burling- 
ton every week day. The Reindeer belongs to the Grand Isle 
Steamboat Co. It is used exclusively for excursion purposes. 

POPULATION AND VALUATION. 

At the time of taking the last U. S. Census, in 1880, Vermont 
had a population of 332,286. This has increased somewhat and 
the population of the State is estimated to-day at about 335,000. 
The assessed valuation of the real and personal property in the 
State on the first daj' of June last was $160,000,000. 

THE MOUNTAINS' WEALTH. 
A writer in Harpef s Magazine says : "Of the Green Mount- 
ains one might probably say, they are more generally admired 
than visited. Poets sing without seeing them. They have 
furnished ready and familiar figures to orators who could hardly 
point them out on the map. That they stimulate the virtues of 
the patriot is one of those axioms which one meets over and over 
again in the pages of writers who have never felt their rugged 
breezes. Nor is this ser^'ice which the State furnishes to rhetoric 
shared in anything like an equal degree by other states which 
also have mountains loftier, perhaps, and grander than its own. 
Even the White Mountains seem to be less frequently used, while 
the Alleghanies, the Rocky Mountains, and other noble chains 
throughout the country, are almost unknown in literature and 
oratory. Only one thing, therefore, is wanting to complete the 
singular pre-eminence of Vermont. If her mountains and valleys 
were more often traversed and better known the phrases of 
enthusiasm and admiration would not, perhaps, be subdued, but 
they would be well informed, just, rational, more serviceable to 
the authors, and not less complimentary to their objects." But 
the mountains of Vermont are not onlj- beautiful : they are of 
great practical benefit, yielding from their generous breasts treas- 
ures of marble and granite that give the State fame in all parts of 
the civilized world. Indeed, Vermont quarries one-half the 
marble quarried in the entire country, while the production of 
granite at the quarries at Barre, West Dummerston and Ryegate 
is of vast importance, and yearly increasing. Vermont granite is 
shipped to all sections ; the rock is even in texture and larger 
blocks can be secured here than elsewhere. A third treasure 



53 Vermont : lis Resoiirces and Industries. 

yielded by the hills of Vermont is slate stone. This is found in 
various parts of the State and is largely quarried for roofing, pur- 
poses, architectural work, furniture and interior decoration. 

STOCK RAISING. 

Vermont's fame as a stock-raising State is pre-eminent ; and its 
product in this direction, both in sheep, cattle and horses, is a 
great source of wealth. Interest in stock-raising is great, and vari- 
ous organizations are in existence in the State for the promulga- 
tion of ideas and the general furtherance of stock-breeding. 

DAIRYING. 

The dairying interests of Vermont are greater than any State 
(compared with population) in the Union. Vermont butter is 
sought in all markets. The extent of this interest is illustrated 
by the fact that there are over 4,000 farmers in Vermont who keep 
twelve or more cows each. The thousands of rivulets and streams, 
united with superior grazing, and the establishment of creameries, 
all tend to make and strengthen this reputation. 



MONTfELIEl^. 




ONTPELIER, the Capital of the State, and the metrop- 
olis and shire- town of Washington County, is a dimple 
among the hills, and is regarded by its inhabitants with 
pride and aflfection, while it is equally attractive to the 
visitor. Montpelier is situated ten miles from the geo- 
graphical center of the State, and contains about 4,000 inhabi- 
tants. The Winooski River flows through the Village, receiving 
the waters of Worcester Branch within the Village proper, and of 
Dog River but a short distance below. The River valleys which 

here converge, with 

^ s!,^ ,^ ,"^^~^^^' ^"-^w^— railroads from four 

-3."^ "V-^^s^^_ directions tend to 

make the Vil- 
lage an im- 
<n^ju^^^^iSi8e*JS!S^*?^^^^^^^^^^^^'^'" ^«i^^ port ant 




commer- 
cial pomt 

The Centr il , , , ^ _ 

Vermont Rail- '"^^^^^iKSi^^AB^^ii^^^^^^ 
road is the lead- central part of montpelier. 

ing railway to the Village and furnishes a through line from Bos- 
ton, on the east, to Montreal and the Great West. A branch of 
the Central Vermont runs from Montpelier to Barre, six miles, and 
on to Williamstown. The Montpelier & Wells River Railroad, 
thirty-eight miles long, connects with th» Boston & Lowell system 



56 Vermont : Its Resoitrces and Indnstries. 

at Wells River for all points in the White Mountains. The M. & 
W. R. company also have a branch to Barre, running through 
that village to the great granite quarries. 

Montpelier has three insurance companies, one doing life busi- 
ness and the others fire business, two national banks and one sav- 
ings bank, first-class hotel accommodations, six churches, a Y. 
M. C. A., graded schools not excelled in any Vermont town; a 
seminary standing at the head of its class. A public library of 
5,000 volumes is open to the public and it is the desire of the 
trustees that the citizens and strangers visiting in town should 
avail' themselves of the opportunity to secure books and to make 
use of the public reading room, which is maintained in connection 
with the library. The Village is lighted with electric lights and 
gas. The streets, as a rule, are wide, nicely shaded, and kept in 
good condition. An excellent system of water works is in vogue 
here. The source is Mirror Lake— five miles distant — fed by 
springs. The fall is 350 feet, and the works have a pressure of 
158 pounds to the square inch. 




PAVILION HOTEL. 

Montpelier is making efforts (and with good success) towards 
the establishment of additional manufacturing interests. The 
town has voted to exempt from taxation all capital invested in 
manufacturing for a term of ten years, and since this action, sev- 
eral new industries have located here. 

In the matter of school facilities the people of Montpelier are 
favored to an exceptional degree. The Washington County 



Montpelier, 



57 



Grammar and Union School furnishes a comprehensive course of 
study, comprising a full course of mathematics, natural sciences, 
mental and moral sciences, French, Latin and Greek. The clas- 
sical course gives thorough preparation for admission to college. 

Montpelier has two wide awake newspapers, both of which have 
been long estal)lished. The Watchman Co. publish the Vermont 
lVatch»ia?i, an enterprising and ably conducted weekly paper. 
The Vir}>i07it Chronicle and the A^ew Hampshire Journal, both 
Congregational papers, are published weekly by the Watchman 
Co. The Argus and Patriot , one of the leading Democratic papers 
of the State, is published weekly. 




THE CAPITOL BUILDING. 

Vermont's State House greets the visitor to Montpelier the 
moment he debarks from the tram at the Central \'ermont depot. 
The builjiing and grounds are both handsome and attractive. 
The Capitol building is a fine specimen of Grecian architecture. 
It occupies a commanding site, and, with its towering walls, huge 
dome, and massive Doric columns, of white Barre granite, presents 
an imposing appearance. It is set in a beautiful park with slop- 
ing lawns and rounded terraces reaching to the street. A wide 
iliglit of granite steps lead to a loft}- portico where a heroic-sized 



58 Vermont : Its Resotirces and Industries. 

marble statue of Ethan Allen stands, a silent guardian at the 
portal of the main corridor. The State House has a frontage of 
177 feet and is surmounted by a dome and cupola fiftj'-six feet 
high, making the statue of Agriculture, which crowns the edifice, 
120 feet above the ground. Representatives' Hall contains seats 
for 243 members, and the Senate Chamber seats thirty Senators. 
An annex to the State House is occupied b}- the State Librar>% 
the Supreme Court and Historical 'Society. It is of granite, 
sevent>^-four feet long, forty-eight feet wide, and two stories in 
height. The Capitol contains a fine cabinet of mineralogy and 
natural history, a valuable library of 26,000 volumes without 
duplicates, and the usual offices for State officials. The battle- 
flags of the Vermont troops in the war for the Union are carefully 
preserved in cases in the corridors, and in the executive chamber 
hangs a splendid painting, " Battle of Cedar Creek," executed by 
Julian Scott, of the Fourth Vermont Volunteers. 

A Federal building, to be devoted to the uses of the 
United States Court and for the Postoffice, is now in process of 
erection in Montpelier. The basement story is already complete 
and the superstructure well started. The site is on State Street, 
adjoining the County Court House. 

The section of country adjacent to Montpelier is prolific of 
lovely drives and enjoyable excursions. The surrounding coun- 
try affords some of the finest ,views in the State of the Green 
Mountain range and its spurs, and the drives furnish a succession 
of beautiful views. 

NATIONAI, LIFE INSURANCE CO. 

The National Life Insurance Co. of Montpelier, has been in 
business over thirty -nine years, and ranks among the first of this 
character of institutions in the country for soundness, economy of 
management, and upright and liberal dealing with claimants and 
policy-holders, and in all that is creditable, reliable and popular. 
The company was chartered in November, 1848, and began busi- 
ness in 1850. Its formation was largely due to the efforts of Dr. 
Julius Y. Dewey, who early became its president and manager, 
and continued to direct its affairs up to the time of his death, in 
1877. The growth of this company has been a healthy one. It 
is careful in the selection of its risks ; favorable among many 
other companies in its rates ; prompt in adjusting claims, and it 
merits the confidence of the people. On January i, 1889, the 



Montpelier. 



59 



number of policies in force was 16,850, with amount of insurance, 
$32,244,735 00. The assets of the National lyife are over $5,000,- 
000. The premiums and interest received during the year 1888 
were $1,531,887.78, and the amount paid policy-holders during 
the same j'car was $609,847.06. The present management of the 
company is made up of the following well-known Vermonters : 
Charles Dewey, President ; Edward Dewey, Vice-President ; 
George W. Reed, Secretary- ; J. C. Houghton, Treasurer ; Os- 
man D. Clark, Assistant Secretary; A. B. Bisbee, M. D.. Med- 
ical Director. The directory consists of Paul Dillingham, Charles 
Dewey, W. H. H. Bingham, George \V. Reed, Dudley C. Denison, 
Frederick Billings, Edward Dewej^ James C. Houghton, Fred. 
E. Smith, Perley P. Pitkin, James T. Phelps, Wheelock G. 
Veazey ai^d George Briggs. Ex-Gov. Paul Dillingham has been 
in the directory since the organization of the company. President 
Charles Dewey has been a director since 1851 ; Secretary George 




WASHINGTON COUNTY COURT HOUSE. 



6o 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 



W Reed has held his oflEice since the formation of the company. 
The National I,ife issues all forms of policies. The "install- 
ment bond ' ' plan of this company commends itself to the favor of 
the public, and this form of insurance has become an important 
feature of its business. The National Life insures only first-class 
lives in the Northern States, as people in this section are generally 
longer-lived and freer from epidemics and scourge This feature 
of its business is highlj' appreciated by patrons of the company, 
as it is by no means equitable to insure people of the North and 
South on the same basis. The National Life has well established 
agencies in nearly all the prominent cities in the Northern States. 

VERMONT MUTUAL FIRE INSURANCE CO. 

This company was organized March 28th, 1828, and has, there- 
fore, completed its three score years of active business, and it is 
safe to say that no public institution of Vermont has served a more 
useful purpose, or had a more successful career. From a small 
beginning, it has grown upon the original foundation principle of 
mutual insurance ; that is, insurance upon all classes of property 
in the State at actual cost to the insured. Having no capital 
stock it simply pays its losses and expenses and assesses its mem- 
bers to meet this amount. During its existence it has paid the 




VERMONT FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY'S BUILDING. 



Montpelier. 6 1 

people of Vermont more than $4,000,000 for losses, and has a 
premium note capital at this writing of more than $3,000,000. It 
can, therefore, furnish the safest, the cheapest, and best insurance 
on all classes of property in Vermont that can be obtained. Its 
membership has now attained a number equalling two-thirds of 
the voting population of the State, while more than half of all the 
insurance carried in Vermont is upon its books. The Vermont 
Mutual Fire Insurance Co. has issued more than two hundred 
and twenty thousand policies, insuring property to the amount of 
over $300,000,000, at an average cost of fifteen cents for each one 
hundred dollars of farm property per j^ear. Its plan of insurance 
is without question the plan par excellence of all others for Ver- 
monters, as to its cost, safety, satisfactory settlements, and the 
prompt payment of all losses. The compan)- owns a substantial 
brick building, costing $47,000, and from which it derives a hand- 
some income. An illustration of this building is presented else- 
where. The officers of the Vermont Mutual Fire Insurance Co. 
are of State reputation, all standing high in the community for 
business capacity and their fidelity- to trusts. They are as follows : 
Fred. E. Smith, President ; H. N. Taplin, Vice-President ; James 
T. Sabin, Secretary and Treasurer. 

LANE MANUFACTURING CO. 

More than twenty-five years ago Dennis Lane began, in a small 
way, the manufacture of machinery in Montpelier. In 1865 Gen. 
P. P. Pitkin became a partner in the industry-, and a little later 
James W. Brock was admitted, the firm becoming Lane, Pitkin & 
Brock. The industry soon reached considerable proportions, and 
in 1873 it was incorporated as the Lane Manufacturing Company, 
with a capital of $120,000. The company conduct a general bus- 
iness as machinists and founders, besides manufacturing several 
specialties. The company's plant covers five acres of land, and is 
located on the Winooski River, which affords the motive power. 
Employment is given to about one hundred hands, and the skill 
of the workmen is evinced by the fact that the pay roll averages 
over $1,100 per week. The works are equipped with the most, 
approved machinery and every facility to lessen the cost of manu- 
facturing. The leading specialty of the companj- is Lane's patent 
lever-set saw-mills, in seven sizes — almost universally acknowl- 
edged by lumbermen to be the best device of its kind ever intro- 
duced. This apparatus is designed on new and advanced princi- 



62 



Vermont : Its Resou7'ces and Industries. 



pies, and is rapid, effective and durable. Other products are saw- 
mill set works, clapboard machiner>^ shingle machines, lath ma- 
chines, planing and matching machines, saw-mill and lumber- 
dressing machinery in general, pulleys, hangers, shafting, etc., 
and the famous "Monitor" turbine water wheel. The advan- 
tages of its manufactures are set forth in a catalogue issued by 
the company which will be sent free on application. The officers 
of the L,ane Manufacturing Co. are : P. P. Pitkin, President ; 
Chas. Dewey, Vice-President ; C. P. Pitkin, Secretary and Treas- 
urer. 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK. 

The First National Bank of Montpelier is one of the most suc- 
cessful and reliable of Vermont's fiduciary institutions. It was 
organized in 1865, and was re-chartered in 1885. Its capital is 
$250,000 ; and, at this writing, its deposits are $200,000 ; its loans 
and discounts, $425,000 ; and its surplus and undivif!ed profits, 
$70,000. During its existence this bank has paid $665,000 in div- 
idends, and its total profits, less expenses, losses, etc., are over 
$717,000. The bank does all kinds of legitimate banking busi- 
ness, and its deposits come from all parts of the State. It is ably 
ofiicered, its managers being men of more than usual prominence 




CENTRAL VERMONT RAILROAD DEPOT. 



Montpelier. 63 

in their various vocations. The officers are : J. A. Page, Presi- 
dent ; Charles Dewey, Vice-President ; F. L. Eaton, Cashier ; 
H. M. Cutler, Assistant Cashier. The director}^ consists of J. A. 
Page, Charles Dewej', J. W. Ellis, P. P. Pitkin, Fred. E. Smith. 
The First National has been manged virtually by the same board 
of directors since its organization. Hons. John A. Page and 
Charles Dewey were on the first board, and J. W. Ellis was 
elected a director in 1865. Gen. P. P. Pitkin and Col. Fred. E. 
Smith were also early elected directors. Hon. John A. Page, 
who was State Treasurer for twenty years, has been president of 
the bank since its formation. Hon. Chas. Dewey, President of 
the National I^ife Insurance Co., has been Vice-President of the 
bank for eleven years. F. L. Eaton, Cashier, began his services 
as teller of this bank in 1877. Four j'-ears later he accepted the 
cashiership of the National Bank of Barre, continuing in that 
position until 1885, when he returned to Montpelier to accept his 
present position. 

Opportunity for investment in choice western securities is af- 
forded at the First National Bank of Montpelier. The debenture 
bonds of the Union Loan and Trust Co., of Sioux City, Iowa, are 
for sale here, and many Vermonters are investing in them. The 
Union I^oan and Trust Co. has a capital (paid in) of $500,000, 
and among its stock-holders are many of Vermont's leading finan- 
ciers. These debenture bonds are first-class securities, bearing 
six per cent, interest semi-annually, and are the choicest invest- 
ment offered. Pamphlets explaining the bonds and the methods 
adopted by the Union Loan and Trust Co. , will be sent on appli- 
cation to the cashier of the First National Bank, Montpelier. 

"MONTPELIER CRACKERS." 

The sole manufacturers of "Montpelier Crackers," so famous 
in all parts of Vermont, are C. H. Cross & Son, of this village. 
These crackers are made by the most advanced processes, and for 
delicac}^, flavor, crispness, nutritiousness and palatableness take 
the front rank. The demand for "Montpelier Crackers" is so 
large that the firm manufacture 50,000 crackers per day. C. H. 
Cross & Son are also manufacturers of a full line of confectionery, 
bread and cakes, and they are extensive jobbers of cigars and 
peanuts. Their trade is principallj^ in Vermont, and two travel- 
ing salesmen are kept constantly on the road selling from samples. 
This establishment was founded more than sixty years ago by 



64 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 



Timothy Cross & Co.. and Mr. C. H. Cross, the senior partner of 
the present firm was one of the original members. In 1840 he 
succeeded to full control of the business, and it so remained until 
1863, when L. Bart Cross was admitted as a member and the 
present firm name was adopted. An illustration of the favor in 
which Cross & Son's productions are held by the trade is shown 
by the fact that the firm's books include the names of merchants 
who have purchased their crackers for over fifty years. 

THE COLBY WRINGER CO. 

The business conducted by this company was established at 
Waterbury, Vt., about thirty years ago. The company was re- 
organized and incorporated with factory and general ofiice in 
Montpelier and Berlin in 1887. The ofiicers of the company are : 
Fred. E. Smith, President ; L. P. Gleason, Secretary ; W. H. 
Cowell, Treasurer. 

The clothes wringers manufactured by the company are shipped 
to all parts of the United States and Canada, and are also exported 

in considerable quantities. 
The aim of the manufactur- 
ers has always been to make 
the wringer ' ' The Best in 
the World," and their con- 
stantly increasing business 
is evidence of the fact that 
their goods give thorough 
satisfaction. The Colby 
Wringer Co. controls the 
automatic fastening and ad- 
justing improvement that 
has made their wringer so 
popular. Only the very 
best materials are used in 
its construction and every 
machine is warranted. The greater part of the company's busi- 
ness is conducted through their branch stores established in vari- 
ous important cities. In other places they assign to other parties 
sole agencies, for the sale of their wringers. Local dealers will 
find it to their advantage to write for prices and terms, upon 
which they can secure the agency for these justly celebrated 
wringers in their localities. 




Montpelier. 



65 



U. S. CLOTHESPIN CO. 

One of the live concerns of Montpelier is the United States 
Clothespin Co. The company has reached the acme of invention 
in the clothespin line and from the rapid increase in their 
business it is quite evident that the public have 
[found out this fact. This is the only pin ever 
manufactured that will absolutely hold the 
clothes on a rope or wire line in a high wind. 
The pin consists of two pieces of well seasoned 
hard wood, specially shaped, and a galvanized 
wire spring. The pin will not break, split, smut 
or rust the clothes and will not tear the most 
delicate fabric in crowding on or taking off, like 
the old split pin, as it opens and closes over the 
clothes. It will not freeze or lock on the line by 
snow or ice as it can be spread at the top and let 
the ice out. An examination of the U. S. 
clothespin will demonstrate its superiority over 
all other devises for holding clothes on a line. 
This company was organized in August, 1887, 
and began business by manufacturing about 
fifteen gross of pins daily. Business has rapidl)^ 
increased and the company is now turning out 
one hundred and fift}^ gross per day — ten times 
the capacity at the start. The trade is in all 
parts of the United States, through jobbing 
houses and traveling salesman. The officers of the company are : 
Gen. Stephen Thomas, President ; Stephen T. Newcomb, Vice- 
President ; W. K. Sanderson, Secretary and Treasurer. 

R. C. BOWERS GRANITE CO. 
One of the most enterprising concerns in Montpelier is the R. 
C. Bowers Granite Co., importers and wholesale dealers in gran- 
ite, marble and statuary. This company was organized in Janu- 
ary, 1888, succeeding the firm of R. C. Bowers & Co. Its officers 
are : R. C. Bowers, President ; Fred. E. Smith, Vice-President ; 
F. L. Eaton, Treasurer ; H. A. Bowers, Secretar3\ The business 
of the R. C. Bowers Granite Co. extends from the Atlantic to the 
Pacific and is daily growing. The company' deals in sawed Ital- 
ian and Tennessee marble, statuan*', Scotch and American granite 
monuments, turned and pumice-finished work, galvanized ceme- 




66 



Verni07tt : Its Resotirces a7id Industries. 



tery enclosures, etc. ; and has buyers at Aberdeen, Scotland, and 
Carrara, Italy. The company handle all the famous American 
granites — Barre, Quincy and Concord, and execute monumental 
work and statues in the most artistic style. Special sculptors and 
draftsmen are constantly employed making new designs for 
patrons, and the work of the company shows that they take front 
rank in the business. That the methods of the company are 
appreciated by patrons is best illustrated by the fact that the rec- 
ord of 1888 shows double the volume anticipated. The company 
is progressive and keeps pace with the times. Its illustrated cat- 
alogue is valuable, and will be sent free on application. 

VERMONT METHODIST SEMINARY. 

The Vermont Methodist Seminary is charmingly situated on a 
broad plateau overlooking the Capital and Winooski Valley. The 
Seminary ranks high among New England educational institu- 
tions and, in 1884, celebrated its semi-centennial. The Newbury 
and Springfield Seminaries have been merged in the Montpelier 




VERMONT METHODIST SEMINARY. 



institution, which now has an endowment fund of nearly $50,000, 
and is in a most flourishing condition. The seminary edifice, 
built in 1872, is one of the best in the State. During the past 
winter the entire institution has been fitted for lighting by 



Montpelier. 67 

electricit)^ This seminary is one of the most popular schools in 
Vermont. The attendance at the last fall term was 215, and the 
winter term, 205. During seven j^ears the .increase in attendance 
at the Vermont Methodist Seminary, has been over one hun- 
dred per cent. The Seminary has for its president, Rev. J. D. 
Beeman, through whose efforts much financial aid has been se- 
cured and many students entered on the rolls of the institution. 
Prof. E. A. Bishop is the Principal, and the high standing of the 
school is largely due to his efforts. Prof. D. S. Blanpied, a 
thoroughly competent person, is teacher of vocal and instrumental 
music, and pupils in this branch have an unusual advantage of- 
fered them for instruction and practice on a pipe organ which runs 
by water power. Among some of the advantages offered students 
attending the Vermont Methodist Seminar^^ may be enumerated : 
A location unsurpassed for healthfulness and natural beauty, large 
and pleasant buildings, a full corps of competent teachers, seven 
courses of study, the best Conservatory of Music outside of Bos- 
ton, a first-class art department, an excellent school of elocution, 
ten pianos and organs, including a pipe organ costing $2,500, and 
one of the best regulated and most thorough Christian schools in 
New England. While the scholarship is designed to be thorough, 
the moral and religious welfare of the students is a prominent 
feature of this school. 

LONG'S BOOKSTORE.— DAN' L F. LONG, Prop. 

This prominent and popular house was established many years 
ago, and the valuable stock carried embraces everything naturally 
demanded in Vermont's capital town. The store attracts trade 
from all the countr>' round about Montpelier, patrons finding here 
as fine and varied a stock as can be found in the State. The pro- 
prietor is Capt. Daniel F. Long, an authority on all matters per- 
taining to the book business. In the stock displayed will be 
found the latest works of popular authors, as well as all standard 
publications, magazines, periodicals, school books and school sup- 
plies, stationery and stationer's articles, all the cheaper editions of 
novels and scientific books, etc. Art and fanc}^ goods, pictures 
and frames, views of Montpelier and surroundings, the White 
Mountains and New England summer resorts are carried in large 
variety. A leading feature of Mr. Long's business is the manu- 
facture to order of fine blank books for insurance men, banks, 
offices, manufacturers, etc., and a large business is transacted in 



68 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

this direction. Regular blank books, legal blanks, etc., are car- 
ried in stock, the assortment being probably the largest in the 
State. 

EXCELSIOR GRANITE CO. 
The works of this company are located near the Pioneer mills 
on Winooski River, alongside the Barre branch of the Central 
Vermont Railroad. The proprietors are Messrs. S. I. Staples and 
M. A. Copeland, who removed from North Adams here early in 
1888. Supplies of rock are secured from the Barre quarries, and 
the firm manufacture everything in the line of cemetery and archi- 
tectural work. Beginning with but five men a little over a year 
ago, the business of this establishmenr rapidly increased, until 
to-day thirty-eight men are employed by the firm and a lack of 
room compels the concern to send much work to Barre for execu- 
tion. The trade of the firm is in Vermont and Massachusetts. 
Mr. Copeland, of the firm, is the selling man, and is almost con- 
stantly on the road, while Mr. Staples attends to ofiice business 
and the manufacturing. 

JOHNSON & COIvTON. 

This concern is among the largest manufacturers and jobbers of 
saddlery hardware in the State. The firm keeps in stock a full 
line of harness and harness-maker's supplies, and among their 
customers are the leading harness-makers in New England, New 
York, Philadelphia and Baltimore. Johnson & Colton make a 
speciality of gold, silver, brass and nickel plating. They possess 
facilities for doing all kinds of plating and employ a large number 
of skilled workmen in their business. There are but two estab- 
lishments ni the United States that do a larger nickel-plating bus- 
iness than Johnson & Colton. The firm do a large amount of 
plating lor New England harness-makers, and their trade extends 
from Maine to California. 

UNION CARD CO. 

Among the various industries of Montpelier whose products 
have a wide distribution stands the Union Card Co. , whose place 
of business is at No. 30 Main Street. This concern has been 
established about half a dozen years, and has built up a fine repu- 
tation. The company is owned and managed b}^ Charles F. Bus- 
well and transacts a large business, both at wholesale and retail, 
in fancy cards, embossed scrap-book pictures, salin novelties, etc. 



Montpelier. 69 

The stock embraces everything in lithographic, steel plate, chromo 
and embossed cards in all the latest designs and shapes suitable 
for programme, gift or advertising purposes, and the trade of the 
company in this direction extends to all parts of the United States 
and Canada. The Union Card Co. also conduct an extensive 
printing establishment, and the products of this department reach 
a high degree of art. Indeed their facilities for commercial work, 
catalogues, pamphlets, etc. are the best ; the material is the 
latest, and the work sent out is of a superior character, both as 
regards originality and artistic effects. 

CAPITAL GRANITE CO. 

Montpelier is becoming quite a granite cutting town, and bids 
fair to greatly increase in this direction. Among the prominent 
establishments in the business here, is the Capital Granite Co., 
which was organized in September, 1887. The works are located 
on Barre street, and have the advantage of both lines of railroad 
running from Montpelier to Barre. in securing stock and in ship- 
ing finished products. The company use nothing but the best 
selected granite, and manufacture everything in the line of monu- 
mental work. Kmployment is given at present to about twenty 
hands, and the trade of the concern is in all sections. Mr. 
Thomas W. Eagan, a practical man at the business, is the man- 
ager of the company. 

S. W. CORSE— PHOTOGRAPHER. 
Mr. S. W. Corse has won considerable distinction in Montpelier 
and surrounding country as a landscape and portrait photographer. 
He has views in stock of all points of interest about Montpelier 
and his collection of negatives for this work is valuable. Mr. 
Corse is provided with all the latest apparatus and carries on every 
branch of photography, paying special attention to children's 
pictures. 



®Ul^LIH©TONl- 




)URIvINGTON is the metropolis of Vermont, and the cap- 
ital of Chittenden Co.unty. The City derived its name 
from a Burling family, who were large grantees and own- 
ers of land hereabouts nearly a century and a quarter ago. 
Burlington stands first in population in the State, and is 
situated at the only point (with one or two unimportant excep- 
tions) where the railroad system of the State touches Lake 
Champlain, being the outlet of the rich valleys of the Winooski 
and Lamoille Rivers and the fertile counties of western Vermont. 
No city or village in New England States surpasses Burlington 
in beauty of location. The hills, upon whose gentle slope it is 
situated, rises gradually back from the lake front until its highest 
point is reached one mile from- the shore. The principal streets 
extend east and west, and are intersected by numerous others ex- 
tending north and south, cutting nearly the whole cit^'^ into regu- 
lar squares. Upon the highest point. College Hill, is situated the 
University'' of Vermont. From the northern part of the shore, a 
narrow neck of land extends into Lake Champlain, terminating in 
Appletree Point, south of which, extending to Rock Point, is 
Apple tree Bay. Rock Point, especially, is noted for its wild, 
picturesque aspect. It rises almost abruptly from the water, a 
bold, beetling, craggy, rock promontor>% nearly a hundred feet in 
height. In the course of time, the elements have wrenched huge 
crags and large bodies of rock from its sides, which have come 
crashing down to its base, where they now lie in a confused, pict- 
uresque pile, not unlike the ruins of some giant castle. About 
twenty feet from this mass, with a deep channel of water between 
them, rises Lone Rock, a solid mass of stone some forty feet in di- 
ameter, conical shaped, lifting its head to a height of twenty-five 
or thirty feet. South of this, extending to Red Rocks Point, is 
the broad, crescent-shaped Burlington Bay, with its long stretch 
of silvery-white sand beach, the finest harbor on the lake. About 
a mile south of Red Rocks Point, is Pettier' s Point, with the 



Vermo7it : Its Resources arid hidustries. 



73 



entrance to Shelburne Bay Ij'ing between them, extending south 
into Shelburne, and which may almost be termed an arm of Bur- 
lington Baj^ as it opens directly from it. 

The Winooski River forms the northern boundarj^ of Burlington. 
This river is a source of wealth to Burlington, furnishing, as it 
does, ample water power. 

Burlington was incorporated as a City in 1864. Previous to the 
incorporation the City was looked upon as a very prosperous vil- 
lage ; 5^et it had no village charter, although several attempts 
were made to procure one. The City has a population of about 
16,000 inhabitants, and its population is rapidh^ increasing. This 
growth is legitimate, and comes through the natural advantages 
of location, beauty of situation, excellent rail and water communi- 
cation, the public spirit and intelligent enterprise of its citizens, 
and the excellence of its literarj^ and charitable institutions, and 
the fostering care they receive from a generous public, together 
with the harmonious relations between employers and emplo3'es. 




CITY HALL. 



Few cities of the size of Burlington have as many public im- 
provements and institutions. The citizens are proud of them and 
the good work they are doing ; and they are sure guarantees of 
the City's future advancement. Among these institutions, with 



74 



Buflington. 



a conservative estimate of their cost and fund, are the following ; 
University of Vermont, $500,000 ; Medical College, $50,000 ; 
Billings Library Building, $150,000 ; Vermont Episcopal Insti- 
tute, $90,000 ; St. Joseph's College, $25,000 ; Park Gallery of 
Art, $25,000 ; Fletcher Free Library', $50,000 ; Mary Fletcher 
Hospital, $450,000 ; Howard Relief Association, $60,000 ; Home 
for Destitute Children, $200,000 ; Young Men's Christian Associ- 
ation, $50,000 ; Howard Opera House, $100,000 ; Custom House, 
$40,000 ; City Hall, $30,000 ; Court House, $75,000 ; Providence 
Orphan Asylum, $100,000 ; Girl's School of Vermont Episcopal 
Institute, $80,000; Eake View Retreat, $30,000 ; Burlington Can- 
cer Relief, $20,000 ; Burlington Yacht Club House, $5,000 ; ten 
churches, $475,000 ; nine school buildings, $130,000. 

Burlington has public sewers, gas lights, electric lights, water 
service, fire hydrants, electric fire alarm, telephone system, free 
delivery of mail, street railway. The streets are regularly laid 
out and are beautifully shaded. 

Burlington has an energetic board of trade which is putting 
forth efforts to advance the interests of the City. Through the 
efforts of the Burlington board the Vermont State board of trade 
has located in this City. 




POST OFFICE AND COURT HOUSE. 



Vermont : lis Resources and Industries. 75 

WATER WORKS. 

The water supph' of the City is ample and pure, the supply be- 
ing secured by. pumping. Substantial mains lead from two reser- 
voirs, with a capacity of 2,336,000 gallons, through all the streets. 
There are about thirty miles of mains and thirteen miles of service 
pipes. Throughout the City hydrants are located, the great force 
of the water precluding the necessity of fire engines, as hose has 
only to be attached to the hydrant when a powerful stream is 
thrown. 

TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES. 

Access to Burlington is- easy. The Central Vermont Railroad 
runs north and south, furiiishing a great through line from Boston 
and New England points to Montreal. The Central Vermont 
company operate about 800 miles of road, their system extending 
from Ogdensburgh, X. Y., Sherbroke and the St. Lawrence River 
in Canada, to Long Island Sound, and embracing in its ramifica- 
tions four States. The Burlington & Lamoille Railroad runs east 
to Cambridge Junction — thirty-five miles — from which point trains 
run over the St. Johnsbury & Lake Champlain Railroad to the 
White Mountains. The Champlain Transportation Co. has its 
headquarters in Burlington. This company operate the regular 
steamers on Lake Champlain and Lake George, and their boats 
furnish the popular and direct route to Saratoga, Troy, Albany 
and New York during the summer season, as well as a cross route 
between the White Mountains and the Adirondacks via Burling- 
ton. 

COMMERCE. 

As a commercial point, Burlington possesses many advantages. 
It is the natural distributing point for a large area, and, as a con- 
sequence, several large wholesale houses are located here. The 
many advantages possessed for business are summed up b}^ a 
writer as follows : " Its favorable position, midwa}' between the 
north and south ends of I^ake Champlain, and the communication 
with ever}' place of importance on its shores by means of daily 
lines of steamers, taken in connection with the fact that Burling- 
ton has no formidable competitor for the lake trade, tends to make 
the whole region of the Champlain valley tributar}^ to her in the 
way of business. Then, her connection by river and canal with 
Montreal, the Ottawa River, and the great West on the one hand, 
and with New York, Albany, etc., on the other, and the lines of 



76 



Burlington. 



railway which centre here from all these points, as well as from 
Boston and other eastern cities, afford unusual facilities for the 
transaction of an extended business." The wholesale business 
of Burlington aggregates $7,445,000 yearly. Of this amount, 
^3,970,000 is general merchandise. The amount of capital in- 
vested in wholesale business here is $3,076,060, and the number 
of hands employed is 1,350, to whom $41,825 are paid in wages 
monthly. 

The retail trade of Burlington aggregates $2,630,000 yearly, 
and the capital invested is $682,000. There are 471 persons em- 
ployed. The dry goods interest leads in retail business, with cap- 
ital invested, $335,000, and annual sales, $1,360,300. 

MANUFACTURBS. 

The manufacturing interests of Burlington are extensive and 
based upon them is the City's chief source of prosperity. The 
amount of capital invested in manufacturing here is $1,667,000, 
and the value of annual products $3,237,500. The number of 
employes is 1700 to whom about $53,000 are paid in monthly 
wages. 




HOME FOK DESTITUTE CHILDREN. 



78 Burlington. 

FINANCIAI,. 

Burlington has two National Banks with an aggregate capital 
of $800,000; and two savings banks and trust companies with de- 
posits amounting to $2,250,000. 

LUMBER. 

The lumber interests are the most extensive of any in Burling- 
ton. Indeed, Burlington stands the fourth city in the distribution 
of lumber in the nation. At the present time there are six large 
firms engaged in the lumber business in Burlington with an 
aggregate capital of $4,000,000. The amount of lumber handled 
by these firms exceeds 150,000,000 feet annually, and the number 
of men employed is about 1000, to which must be added 400 more, 
if we consider the box-making, door, sash and blind manufac- 
tories and other industries so closely allied to the lumber business 
as to be almost a part of it. 

PUBLIC BUILDINGS. 

The public buildings of Burlington are all substantial, well- 
built structures. The County Court House is located on Main 
Street. It is an elegant building, two stories high, with a man- 
sard roof, built of cut and hammered stone. The City Hall is 
located at the southeastern corner of the Public Square. It is 
80x80 feet, v/ith a basement, which is built of stone, the other two 
stories being brick with stone trimmings. The basement is used 
for a police ofiice, shops and stores, the first story for the City of- 
fices, and the upper floor for the hall. The U. S. Custom House 
and Post Ofl&ce stands at the southeast corner of Main and 
Church Streets. It is of brick, iron and stone, and is fire-proof ; 
only the doors, base-boards, and the floors of the upper story are 
made of wood. 

CHURCHES. 

■ Burlington is liberally supplied with churches, erected at an 
aggregate outlay of some $475,000. The following denominations 
are represented here by organized congregations, with church ed- 
ifices, stationed pastors, established Sunday Schools and other 
agencies for evangelical and missionary work : Two Congrega- 
tional churches, Unitarian, Methodist, and two Baptist churches, 
Episcopal, and in the Catholic denomination, St. Mary's Cathe- 
dral and St. Joseph's (French). The stone edifice belonging to 
the latter society has just been completed, and is said to be the 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 



79 



largest church building in the State. Besides these mentioned, 
the Baptists have a French mission chapel, and there is a Jewish 
synagogue. 

SCHOOLS. 
The educational facilities afforded to the people of Burlington 
are of the highest standard and they help to make it a most 
attractive and desirable place of residence. Here are located the 
buildings of the University of Vermont, with its academical, 
agricultural and medical departments. The standard of the 
institution is of the highest classical order and the medical depart- 
ment is one of the very few colleges of the kind in this country 
whose diploma is recognized in Kurope. There are usually nearly 
500 students in attendance and the catalogue shows a most com- 




HKiH SCHOOL r.lIIJJiXO. 

prehensive- course of study. The Vermont Episcopal Institute, 
charmingly situated about two miles from the City Hall, on a 
point of land overlooking the city and bay, is controlled by the 
diocese of Vermont. Instruction is given in all the elementary 
branches of study and the military training is of great help in the 
thorough discipline of the mind and body for which thc^'^chool has 
lone been noted. 



8o Burlington. 

Bishop Hopkins' Hall, a school for girls under charge of the 
diocese, was opened in the Autumn of 1888, a description of which 
will be found elsewhere in this work. 

The public schools are thoroughly graded, the work systematized 
and in the hands of a corps of experienced and efl&cient teachers, 
graduates of some of the best training schools and colleges. 
Nearly all the buildings are good, substantial structures, well 
warmed, lighted and ventilated, and the rooms are well supplied 
with profitable helps to efficient instruction. Burlington claims 
that its public schools are unsurpassed by those of any city of its 
size. The schools, free to all, attract the children of wealthy 
citizens as well as of the poorer and less favored. St. Joseph's 
College, belonging to the Catholic denomination, has a large 
number of young men in attendance and has obtained a high 
reputation for the thoroughness of its course of study. St. Mary's 
Academy furnishes higher education for young ladies. The 
Roman Catholic denominational schools of the city are free 
schools, but the money for their support is supplied by the 
Catholic church. 

PARKS. 
Burlington is well favored with public parks, and possesses in 
Public Square, around which are the hotels and public buildings, 
one of the best parks in New England. In the north part of the 
City is Battery Park, on a bluff", overlooking I^ake Champlain. 
During the war of 1812, when the English menanced Plattsburgh, 
the public stores were removed to Burlington, and a battery was 
placed upon the site of Battery Park, hence the name. 

THE PRESS. 
The influence of a vigorous, able and elevated press would be 
readily inferred in connection with such a public-spirited City as 
Burlington. The facts fully bear out the inference. Nor is the 
press influence limited to the immediate City, but extends to all 
parts of the State. The Burlington Free Press and Tif)ies is the 
leading daily paper of the State, and is Republican in politics. 
The weekly /v-^^ Press is issued by the same company — the Free 
Press Association. The Association spares no expense or pains 
to make its papers the most newsy and reliable, and they con- 
sequently possess great influence. The Burlington Clipper, week- 
ly, is a Republican clipper-rigged paper and sails to the heart of 
all new gftid topics of interest. The Burlington Independent is a 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 8 1 

Democratic weekly, and a good exponent of the principles of its 
party. The University Cynic is a college paper, issued monthly, 

UNIVERSITY OF VERMONT. 

College Hill is the highest point of land in the City, and is 300 
feet above the lake. Upon it is situated the University of V' er- 
mont, from whose observatory a view may be obtained of the 
beautiful surrounding scenery. On the east rise the Green 
Mountains, Mansfield and Camel's Hump, in full view from base 
to summit, with a fine sweep of open countr>^ between. On the 
north is the valley of the Winooski, and of Lake Champlain 
stretching north to St. Albans Bay, while on the south the hill 
sinks away and leaves in sight Shelburne Bay, with its pict- 
uresque shores. On the west, the sweep of the eye takes in the 
gentle slope of the City to the lake shore, the bay, Pottier's, Red 
Rocks, Rock and Appletree Points, and between the City and the 
opposite shore, ten miles distant, one of the broadest parts of Lake 
Champlain, reflecting the mountains and flecked with the shadows 
of clouds, gemmed with the green isles. Juniper and Four Broth- 
ers, while the Adirondacks sink into the horizon beyond, stretch- 
ing north and .south for nearly a hundred miles, Old Whiteface 
"heaving high his forehead bare" behind the frontier of peaks 
right opposite, and Mount Marcy and his tall companion on the 
southwest, with the tracks of land-slides marked in white on their 
blue sides. Immediately below, from the front of the college 
green, extend the broad, well-kept streets, leading to the lake 
front, where acres upon acres of land have been made by filling 
in along the shore, and the whole is now covered by immense 
lumber yards, large mills and extensive wharfing. . 

No University in the United States can boast of a finer site than 
belongs to this venerable institution, which was chartered in 1791. 
The original college building was erected in 1801, instruction in 
the president's house having been given for a few years previous. 
In the course of the war of 181 2- 15 the college edifice was taken 
by the government, to be used first as an arsenal, and finally for 
barracks. This compelled a suspension of the institution until 
September, 181 5. In 1824 this building was burned with the 
library and apparatus, and on the 29th of June, 1825, the corner- 
stone of the present edifice was laid by General LaFayette. 

The medical department of the college was organized in 1821. 
Much benefit was bestowed upon the medical college by the gen- 
erous deed of Miss Marj^ Fletcher in foimding and endowing, at 



Vermont : lis Resources and Industries. 



83 



an expense of a quarter of a million, a free hospital which bears 
her name, and which is located just back of the University build- 



ings. 



A new medical college, the gift of the late John P. Howard, 
accommodating 300 students, was completed in 1885, and a mag- 
nificent lib rary building — Billings Library— costing $125,000, and 




BILLIEGS LIBRARY BUILDING. . 

built in the Romanesque style of architecture, the gift of Hon. 
Frederick Billings, of Woodstock, Vt. , was completed during the 
same year. The library contains over 20,000 volumes and is ac- 
cessible to the public, under certain restrictions, as is also the 
Park Gallery of Art, in which is a choice collection of paintings, 
statuarj^ etc., and the Museum, which contains over 80,000 speci- 
mens. 

On the spacious park in front of the University has been erected, 
by the munificence of the late J. P. Howard, a bronze statute of 
LaFayette (who laid the corner-stone of the main University 
building in 1825) the work of the sculptor, J. Q. A. Ward, at a 
cost of $25,000. 

FLETCHER FREE LIBRARY. 

In 1873, Mrs. Mary L. Fletcher, with her daughter. Miss Mary 

Fletcher, gave to the Citj' of Burlington, $20,000 for the founding 

of a City Library. The City government accepted the gift and 

assumed the charge of the library, and have ever since shown a 



84 



Burlington. 



wise care of, and made generous appropriations for it, as an im- 
portant means to public education and a credit to the City. The 
.library contains 15,000 volumes and is accessible to everj'body 
under slight restrictions. 

HOME FOR DESTITUTE CHILDREN 
To the south of the City is located the Home for Destitute 
Children, founded in 1865 through the efforts of Miss Lucia T. 
Wheeler. A nucleus of the building was erected by the United 
States government as a Marine Hospital, and was finished in 1858. 
It was occupied during the' late civil war as a military hospital. 




MEDICAL COLLEGK. 



Vermont : lis Resources and Industries. 



85 



Ten acres of ground surround the Home. The property was se- 
cured from the government in 1866, and fitted up at a cost of 
530,000. The institution is maintained hy a permanent fund of 
$50,000, and the magnificent Howard Opera House and block 
which cost over $100,000. 

ST. JOSEPH'S ORPHAN ASYLUM. 

St. Joseph's Orphan Asylum, a Roman Catholic institution, 
was established in 1854 and incorporated in 1865. The asylum 
receives destitute orphans, educates them, and as soon as possible 
furnishes them with suitable homes. 

ETHAN AELEN MONUMENT. 

Green Mount Cemeter>' attracts thousands of visitors every year, 
not particularly on account of its beaut}-, though a beautiful spot 
it is, and not to obtain a glance at the magnificent view it affords, 
but to gaze upon a magnificent monument, 
which marks the spot where rest the re- 
mains of one of Vermont's greatest patriots 
and heroes, Ethan Allen. The monument 
was completed in 1873, the exercises attend- 
ing its unveiling occuriang July 4th of that 
year. The monument is of Barre granite, 
the base of the pedestal being eight feet 
square on the ground, and consists of two 
steps of granite, on which rests a die of 
solid granite six feet square, in the four 
faces of which are set panels of white mar- 
ble bearing the inscriptions. Above the 
pedestal rises a tuscan shaft of granite four 
and one-half feet in diameter and forty- two 
feet high. Upon its capital, on a base bear- 
ing the word " Ticonderoga," stands a he- 
roic statue of Allen, eight feet four inches 
high, modeled by Peter Stephenson, sculp- 
tor, of Boston, and cut in Italy, intending to 
represent Allen as he appeared on that 
eventful moment when he demanded the 
surrender of the fort "in the name of the Great Jehovah and the 
Continental Congress." The monument is protected by a fence 
of original design, the corner posts of which are iron cannon, and 




MONUMENT. 



86 



Burlington. 



the pales are muskets, with bayonets, resting on a base of cut 
granite. The inscriptions are as follows : 

West face. — " Vermont to Ethan Allen, born in Litchfield, Ct., 
loth Jan. A. D. 1737, died in Burlington, Vt., 12th Feb. A. D. 
1789, and buried near the site of this monument." 

North face. — "The leader of the Green Mountain Boj^s in the 
surprise and capture of Ticonderoga which he demanded in the 
name of the Great Jehovah and the Continental Congress." 

East face. — "Taken prisoner in a daring attack on Montreal, 
and transported to England, he disarmed the purpose of his 
enemy by the respect which he inspired for the Rebellion and the 
Rebel. ' ' 

South face. — " Wielding the pen as well as the sword, he was 
the sagacious and intrepid defender of the New Hampshire grants 
and master spirit in the arduous strviggle which resulted in the 
sovereignty and independence of this State." 

YACHTING. 
Yachting has ' grown to be an important feature on Eake 
Champlain, with Burlington as its head-centre. The magnifi- 
cent lake, here ten miles wide, supplies conditions so favorable to 
this form of recreation, that yachting has become very popular, 
the amusement spre'ading to other parts of the lake. The Lake 




LAKE C'HAMPL.VIN YACHT CLUB HOUSK. 



Burlington. 87 

Champlain Yacht Club, with headquarters at Burlington, was 
organized in May, 1887. The organization partakes of the nature 
of a stock company and its members include some of the most 
prominent men in Vermont as well as many in the larger cities. 
The aim of the club is the holding of a grand international inland 
yacht regatta each autumn, in which all the prominent yachtmen 
of America will be represented. With this end in view the ladies 
of Burlington have arranged for the purchase of a cup to be known 
as the Ladies' Challenge Cup, costing ^500, to be competed for 
during each regatta. 

The organization has erected, at the foot of College Street, near 
the Central Vermont Depot, an elaborate club house costing about 
$6,000, an illustration of which appears on opposite page. The 
structure is two stories high with a promenade running entirely 
around the building at the second story, and a roomy lookout upon 
the roof The club house has its reception rooms, parlors, reading 
rooms, etc. 

ROCK POINT. 

Rock Point is already mentioned for its wild, picturesque aspect. 
The propertj' belongs to the Vermont Episcopal Institute and 
embraces one hundred acres. The lovely view Rock Point affords 
of the lake, the cit}^ the Green and Adirondack Mountains sur- 
passes its own picturesqueness. Upon this property is the brick 
residence of the late Bishop Hopkins, also the large Institute 
building and Bishop Hopkins' Hall, the valuation of the property 
belonging to the corporation and the endowment funds exceeding 
$200,000. Both the Institute building and Bishop Hopkins' Hall 
were erected from specimens of marble found upon the propert5^ 

'The Institute is of the collegiate Gothic style of architecture, of 
the same general character as prevails in the English universities 
of Oxford and Cambridge. The building itself, with its deeply 
recessed windows and doors, tall projecting tower, and walls 
flanked with buttresses, presents an appearance which is univer- 
sallj- considered grand and impressive. 

Bishop Hopkins' Hall is in architecture a collegiate or academ- 
ical Gothic, with steep roofs, gables, a cupola and central tower 
over the stair projection, treated in forms of massive basement 
stone walls, principal story, stone walls with corners laid in a 
whitish stone in regular bond. The side wings have the story 
below the roof treated in shingles, and the chapel end has its 
Gothic windows, projecting up into this shingle work, margined 



88 Ver77io7it : Its Resozirces and Industries. 

around with stoue. The tower is arranged so that a very exten- 
sive and beautiful prospect can be viewed from it for miles in every 
direction, and it also performs the important oflBce of supporting 
and enclosing a tank for the water supply. Looking at the build- 
ing from either side, the drive or lawn or lake, it will ever be 
taken for just what it is, a church educational edifice. The site 
is most beautiful, a rocky promontory soon after entering the 
grounds on which the building sets, is some twenty feet higher than 
the meadow lawn, i,ooo feet wide, stretching in front and bounded 
by a fi-inge of trees on a brow of another descent which curtains 
the lake shore so that the southern prospect overlooks the beauti- 
ful City and bay of Burlington and the.waters of L,ake Champlain 
for 20 miles or more, embracing at a single glance Shelburne Point, 
Bay and Village, Rock Dunder, Split Rock light house, Quaker 
Smith's Point, Juniper Island, the Four Brothers and the Village 
of Essex, N. Y. In the distance, in plain view upon the right, 
may be seen the numerous ranges of the Adirondacks, and upon 
the left, the highest peaks of the Green Mountain Range, Camel's 
Hump and Mount Mansfield. 

HOWARD OPERA HOUSE, 
This handsome building, located at the corner of Bank and 
Church Streets, is of pressed brick, sixty-four feet in height, 175 
feet long and 75 feet wide. The auditorium has a capacity for 
seating 1,165 persons, is beautifully furnished and decorated, and 
has a stage 74x30 feet. The building cost over $100,000, and 
was erected by the late John P. Howard. Mr. Howard gave the 
house to the Home for Destitute Children. 

Y. M. C. A. BUILDING. 

The Young Men's 'Christian Association has nearly completed 
an imposing structure on one of the finest sites in the City. It 
has a frontage of 1 14 feet on Church Street and 95 feet on College 
Street, the two leading business streets in town, and has its two 
other sides on Public Square. The building is of brick with 
brown sand-stone trimmings, four stories high. The ground floor 
contains five stores. The northeast corner of the block, 32x55 
feet, is owned by Mr. S. Huntington, and is built in connection 
with the rest of the building. All of the room in the upper 
stories, except the Huntington corner, belongs to the Association. 
The main entrance is on College Street, where a stairway eight 
feet wide leads to the second story. The building is admirably 



Burlington. 



89 



^aET: 



arranged for the uses of the Association, and is an ornament to 
the City, 

THE VERMONT LIFE INSURANCE CO. 

This company was organized in October, 1868, and on January 
I, 1869, began business. Its organizers were some of the best 
known and highly respected men in the State, and the company 
received at the outset the most emphatic assurances of success. 
It is now in the hands of the best men in Burlington, who are 
steadily pushing forward and taking good care of its business. 
In 1877 the company erected its 
own building for office purposes, an ,^. 

illustration of which is presented 
on this page. The Vermont Life 
Insurance Co. has a paid-up capital 
of $100,000 ; its gross assets are 
$360,989.12; and the number of 
policies in force 2,678, insuring 
$1,996,358. The company does 
business in all parts of New Eng- 
land, in Pennsylvania and Illinois ; 
and the record of its transactions 
for 1888 shows an increase of 100 
per cent, in the gross business of the 
company. The stability of the 
Vermont Life depends more upon 
its age, conservatism and caution 
thati to any other cause. All haz- 
ardous risks are avoided, and unlike 
many other leading life companies, 

its aim has not been to increase its business at any risk, but rather 
to afford the most reliable insurance at the least expense. The 
officers of the company are : William H. Hart, President ; C. M. 
Spauldiug, Vice-President ; C. R. Turrill, Secretary; E. W. 
Bushnell, Supt. of Agencies. A. P. Grinnell, M. D., J. B. 
Wheeler, M. D., and L. M. Bingham. M. D., are medical counsel. 
The directory is composed of Torrey E. Wales, Samuel Hunting- 
ton, James A. Shedd, Russell S. Taft, Jo D. Hatch, F. C. Kennedy, 
Daniel Roberts, W. W. Henr3^ Wm. A. Crombie. Edward Bar- 
low, Joel H. Gates, J. C. Dunn, T. A. Hopkins, C. M. Spauld- 
ing, Elihu B. Taft, Edwin Wheelock, William H. Hart, C. W. 




90 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 



Carter, D. W. Robinson, George H. Morse, Robert Roberts, 
Walter Carpenter, while the executive committee embraces Dan- 
iel Roberts, Jo D. Hatch, C. M. Spaulding, James A. Shedd and 
Edward Barlow. The Vermont Life issues every desirable form 
of life and endowment policy ; and, in fact, has originated several 
forms which are in great favor. The installment bond and life 
rate endowment plans of this company may be said to combine 
the advantages of a deposit in a savings bank, with those of an 
insurance policy, and entail such trifling expense as to be within 
the reach of all. The company issues policies on the yearly 
indemnity plan ; also policies for $ioo, or more, which offer the 
same advantages that the larger policies contain. The company 
issues a variety of circulars setting forth the advantages and char- 
acteristics of each plan with the cost, which will be sent free on 
application. 

THE VAN NESS HOUSE. 

This hotel, named in honor of Gov. Cornelius Van Ness, is a 
large four-story brick building, located at the corner of Main and 
St. Paul Streets, facing the beautiful Public Square. Its rooms 
are large and airy, many being e7i suite, with several fine parlors. 
The whole is tastefully furnished, and the house is supplied with 
an elevator, bath rooms, electric lights,. and every modern conven- 




THE VAN NESS HOUSE, 



Burlington. 91 

ience for the comfort of its guests. Fire escapes and the Grinnell 
automatic sprinklers insure protection to g-uests from the ravages 
of the fire fiend. The Van Ness is suppHed with a wealth of 
piazza, and aflfords fine views of the City, Lake Champlain and the 
surrounding mountains, from its rooms, and a promenade upon 
the roof. During the summer the Van Ness is generally filled 
with tourists doing the White Mountains, Lake Champlain, Ausa- 
ble Chasm and the Adirondacks, who find much of interest in the 
City and who can profitably spend a week or more here in sight- 
seeing and recreation. In the ofl5ce of the hotel are telegraph and 
news oifices, etc. 

The American House, one of the old land-marks of the town, 
stands on the opposite corner from the Van Ness, and is under the 
same management. It occupies the site of the residence of Gov. 
Van Ness, and man}' historical incidents and episodes are con- 
nected with it ; not the least of which, perhaps, is that Gen. La- 
Fa3-ette, during his visit to Burlington in 1825, held a levee in one 
of its parlors. The room is still used as a parlor, and remains to- 
day essentially in the same condition that it was on that eventful 
' evening — the same windows, doors, wainscotting, and mahtles, 
nothing materially changed except the furniture. 

The Van Ness and American Hotels combined accommodate 
500 people. They are under the proprietorship of Lieutenant-Gov- 
ernor Woodbury. L. S. Drew and H. N. Clark are managers. 
Their experience as hotel men is extensive and the general popu- 
larity of the hotels extends to all parts of the country. 

LAKE VIEW RETREAT. 

This is a stricth' .private institution for ner\'0us and mental 
diseases, and is conducted on the family plan. The inmates are 
members of the family and are given all the libert}^ consistent with 
the greatest good. The close seclusion and restraint necessary in 
large public asylums is largely done away with here. During the 
pleasant season out-door life is largely entered into by ever3'bod3^ 
This consists of taking the beautiful carriage drives about Burling- 
ton, the many delightful boat excursions on the lake, games and 
walks, etc. There are from eight to twelve inmates, and as far as 
possible undesirable ones are not taken. Care is taken to exclude 
people of low morals, so common in public asylums. For cases 
which, in the judgment of the physician, may require it, special 
nurses are provided, whose special work is to care for his or her pa- 
tient, and there is a good list of experienced nurses on hand to 



92 



Vermo7it : Its Resources and Industries. 










\^^W-^\ ^M 


1 P <■ 


• — 



draw from. Dr. John M. Clark, the proprietor, has had seventeen 
years actual experience in the treatment of and living with the in- 
sane, and the per cent, of cures at the Lake View Retreat has been 
very large, owing to the small number, care and treatment. 

Lake View Retreat enjoys the finest situation and is the best 
adapted building for the purpose of any private institution in New 
England. It is situated upon a bluff, containing about ten acres, 
reaching to the shore of Lake Champlain, and affords an extended 
view of the lake and the Adirondack Mountains beyond, while on 
the other hand, a fine view of the Green Mountains is obtained. 
The location, in a sanitary point of view, cannot be excelled. The 
soil is sandy, and the air is always pure. Especial attention is 
paid to ventilation and drainage, and there is an abundant supply 
of city water. The building is three stories, very substantially 
built of stone and brick, with high walls and large sunny windows, 
with steam heat in every room, and containing the modern con- 
veniences for the care and comforts of its inmates. The grounds 
about the house are divided into lawn, grove and garden. Com- 
munications should be addressed. Dr. John M. Clark, Lake View 
Retreat, Burlington, Vt. 



Burlington. 



93 




, ; > ■ I ■ 'ii' • > i • 1 1 ■ rrnr i mm I'g JrT P, 1 1 1 u 1 1 Vt ra-rft-^a^^Xj^ 

IViiiii •■■III lii^n I Mil I ■■■■iiiiiii-Mnii "r. I ^" .a»«9»l 

jTO-Jnui ' i LLiiini iiiint i!iiin.ii.j:?^J ii'trri^^! 'jj^-^^^ 

j j p ,^^^^7. .--,-.■ ,,..,,. f..|J * , • 1^%. ,i.^^-,:^^ 




BURLINGTON AND COLCHESTER MILLS. 

The subjects of the foregoing illustration are one of the leading 
industries of the State. The commencement of this enterprise, in 
1835, by a coterie of Burlington business men, marked an era in 
the industry of this part of our State in which every resident takes 
local pride, as it demonstrates not only great business sagacity, 
but unusual courage for persons to embark in an industry which 
was so little understood as the manufacture of fine woolens was at 
that time. Nevertheless, the determination and courage of the 
promoters was fully demonstrated by the fact that they erected a 
building and expended for machiners' and the development of 
power, a large sum of money — probably exceeding $200,000 — at 
that early period, and, although not eminently successful in a 
financial sense, yet this enterprise has largely contributed to the 
prosperity and development in this country in illustrating the 
difficulties attending manufacturers at that early date of our his- 



94 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

tory. From the first structure that was erected no material addi- 
tions were made until this property passed into the hands of the 
Burlington Woolen Company, in 1861, since which time it has 
been materially enlarged in the woolen department, and the plant 
known as the Colchester Mills, operated and managed as a sepa- 
rate corporation ; established in 1880, which is developing products 
that were not previously made in this country, although a portion 
of its product is quite commonly produced. These mills have 
been under the management of the Burlington Woolen Company 
and Colchester Mills respectively, without interruption, except 
by the death of the president, which office is at present filled by 
Mr. Joseph Sawyer, 31 Commonwealth Avenue, Boston, Mass. 
The present agent, Mr. F. C. Kennedy, of Burlington, has filled 
that position since the organization of the corporation,' and is now 
general manager and financial agent of both corporations. Mr. 
Thomas F. Patterson, the treasurer of these mills, succeeded Mr. 
Sawyer, at the time he was made president. 

The specialties of these mills are known throughout the 
country as fabrics of a high class, and include fabrics for fine 
uniform cloths which are extensively used by municipalities, 
palace car lines, railroad corporations, etc. The company also 
manufacture fine kerseys, cassimeres, ladies' dress goods, cloak- 
ings and fine billiard cloths ; while in the Colchester Mills, 
which are devoted to the manufacture of yarns for underwear and 
hosiery, the finest combed cotton and finest combed wool or 
merino yarns are produced, which are sold to knitters in all parts 
of the country. These mills are managed under a policy that is 
broad and comprehensive, both as to their own particular pros- 
perity, and of all legitimate accompanying enterprises. They have 
never curtailed production but twice during the management of 
the present company, and then only for a brief period. In view 
of this fact the surrounding enterprises look upon these corpora- 
tions as among the most reliable of any in the State. 

THE WELIvS & RICHARDSON CO. 

Burlington's most widelj^ known business house, the Wells & 
Richardson Co., manufacturing pharmacists and wholesale drug- 
gists, began business in this City as successors to the old house 
of Henry & Co., in 1872, Edward Wells, A. E. Richardson and 
W. J. Van Patten forming the partnership. The present name 
was adopted in 1883, when the company was incorporated. The 
firm advertise extensively, and has undoubtedly done more than 



Burlington. 



95 



any other house to spread the name and fame of Burlington for 
the specialties they manufacture — " Diamond Dyes." " Paine's 
Celery Compound," "Lactated Food," " Improved Butter Color," 
and ' ' Kidney Wort, ' ' have become standard articles in all parts 
of the world. Their branch houses in Canada, England and 
Australia, are doing a constantly increasing business, showing 
most conclusively that goods manufactured by a Burlington firm 
can compete successfully with the manufactures of either pro- 
tection or free trade countries. Probably there are but lew of the 
readers of this work who have not used one or more of Wells & 
Richardson Co.'s specialties. 




96 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 
SHKPARD & MORSE I.UMBER CO. 



This concern, one of the foremost in Burlington, owns extensive 
timber lands in Michigan and Canada, yards and wharfage at the 
great distributing points of the country, and mills at Saganaw, 
Tonawanda and Burlington. The company was established in 
1878, its officers being Otis Shepard, of Boston, President and 
General Manager'; H. S. Shepard, of Boston, Treasurer ; George 
H. Morse and W. A. Crombie, Resident Managers, Burlington. 




SHEPARD & MORSE LUMBER CO. S PLANING MILLS. 

The directory of the company embraces all of the above named 
gentlemen and James MacLaren, Buckingham, P. Q., and H. B. 
Shepard, Boston. The company's facilities, both for reception 
and shipment of stock, are extensive. Adjacent to its mills here, 
it owns twenty-five acres of yards with a total capacity of 30,000,- 
000 of feet and a dock frontage on I^ake Champlain of 4,000 feet, 



Burlington. 97 

at which, from thirty to thirty-five vessels can discharge at one 
time. The company's planing mills allow the dressing of 40,000,- 
000 feet of lumber 3'early, and the annual transactions involve the 
handling of 120,000,000 feet. The aggregate sales of the Shepard 
& Morse Lumber Co'., at its various points, reach $3,000,000 
yearly, and its employes number between 500 and 600. The 
offices of the company are located at the foot of College Street, 
Burlington ; at i Liberty Square, Boston, and 82 Wall Street, 
New York. 

W. H. LANG, GOODHUE & CO. 

This firm, located at 160 Lake Street, is one of the leading 
establishments of its kind in the country. The firm are hydraulic 
engineers and contractors for complete systems of water works for 
cities and towns, and manufacture hydraulic elevators and presses, 
steam fire engines, pulp machinery, horse nail machinery' ; and 
are dealers in stationary and portable engines and boilers, water 
wheels and motors and all mill and machine supplies. The estab- 
lishment has been in existence about a third of a century, the 
present firm succeeding the house of B. S. Nichols & Co. three 
years ago. 

As hydraulic engineers and contractors for the erection of water 
works, \V. H. Lang, Goodhue & Co. take a leading position, and 
the importance of this house makes it one of the first manufactur- 
ing industries of Burlington, as its line of operation requires ex- 
tensive capital, perfect facilities, and a mechanical executive 
ability, possessed by few firms. Tribute to the firm's skill was 
paid bj' the City of Burlington in 1888, when W. H. Lang, Good- 
hue & Co. built a new reservoir for the City water works, with a 
capacity of 4,000,000 gallons, and the}- are now rebuilding 
the old reservoir belonging to the City, increasing its capacity 
to 3,000,000 gallons, thus giving the Burlington water works a 
storage capacity of 7,000,000 gallons. W. H. Lang, Goodhue & 
Co have erected water works in all parts of the country. Those 
in operation at Lebanon, N. H., Swanton, Vt., Saranac Lake, N. 
Y., as well as in many other places in New Hampshire, New 
York and the West, were built hy this firm. The pumping 
engines and hydraulic machinerj' of W. H. Lang, Goodhue & 
Co.'s manufacture, go to all parts of the country-, and this fact 
speaks volumes in favor of its efficacy. The facilities of the firm 
are as perfect as ample capital and a thorough knowledge of the 
business can afford, and they are able to construct all machinery 



Vermont : lis Resources and Industries. 



within their line most advantageously. The extent of the busi- 
ness frequently calls for the employment of 150 men. 

THE BURLINGTON FREK PRESS. 

The Burlington Free Press is one of the "most famous provincial 
newspapers in America. Its . growth during the past few years, 
considering the size of its place of publication and its surroundings, 
was unprecedented. It is clearly the best and most progressive 
newspaper printed in the United States in any city as small as 

Burlington. It has 
become widely 
known as a represen- 
t a t i V e newspaper, 
and was placed in the 
list of the ' ' one hun- 
dred best newspapers 
in America, ' ' recently 
compiled by the New 
York Sim, the only 
paper in the list 
which is printed in so 
small a city. The 
news columns of the 
Free Press furnish a 
daily record of all 
the important events 
of the world. Its 
connection with the 
Associated Press 
brings it into imme- 
diate communication 
with every place to 
A'hich telegraph lines 
and ocean cables ex- 
tend. It is the aim 
of the management 
to make its columns 
a faithful record of 
all the news worth 
printing and to keep 
up its standard as a 
high-toned family newspaper. The Free Press has recently made 




Burlington. 



99 



an important addition to its mechanical equipment, which gives it 
appliances equal in completeness to those of the daily papers of 
the large cities. This addition consists of a Scott web-perfecting 
press, with stereot^'ping outfit and folding attachment. This 
press prints from a continuous roll of paper and is capable of com- 
pleting 12,000 papers an hour. With these new appliances in its 
newspaper department, its well-equipped job department, and its 
entire office lighted by its own electric light plant with duplicate 
dynamos, and heated by a hot air system with a blower, using 
exhaust steam from the boiler of its own engine, the Free Press is 
undoubtedly warranted in claiming "to have the most complete 
and best equipped establishment of its kind in Vermont." As a 
newspaper the Free Press is high-minded, clean in its tone, pro- 
gressively Republican in its politics, and on the right side of all 
the public questions of the day. In short, the Free Press aims to 
be a live, nineteenth century newspaper, w^orthy the patronage of 
intelligent and progressive people. 

SKILLINGS, WHITNEYS & BARNES LUMBER CO. 

This business was started by Lawrence Barnes in 1856. He 
soon associated with him, D. N. Skillings, of Boston, Mass., and 
Charles and David Whitney, Jr., of Lowell, -and the concern was 
known as Lawrence Barnes & Co., at Burlington, Vt., Montreal, 
P. O., and Whitehall, N. Y., D. N. SkilHngs & Co., Boston! 

Mass., C. & D. Whit- 
ney, Jr., & Co., at 
Albany and Ogdens- 
burg, N. Y.. Detroit. 
Michigan, and Lowell, 
Mass. It was later 
known at all of the 
different places as 
Skillings, Whitney 
Bros. & Barnes. The 
present company was 
organized in 1S78, and 
the present officers 
are : David Whitney, 
President, Detroit, 
- Mich.; H.L.Tibbetts, 

Treasurer, Boston, 
Mass.; D. N. Skillings, Secretary, Boston, Mass.; W. L. Proctor, 




lOo Vertnont : Its Resources and Industries. 

Manager at Ogdensburg, N. Y.; D. W. Robinson, Manager at 
Burlington. The above gentlemen also form the board of direct- 
ors of the company. They, and the large corps of men associated 
with them, are live, active business men, and, with their large 
capital and connections, are able to carry and contract large blocks 
of lumber of every description for their domestic and export trade. 
Their principal oflBce is at 45 Kilby Street, Boston, with yards 
and large planing mills at Ogdensburg, N. Y., and Burlington. 
They also ship from their stocks of lumber direct from Canada, 
Michigan and the South. 

HOWARD NATIONAlv BANK. 

No financial corporation in Vermont can point to a more satis- 
factory record of usefulness, conservative growth and stability than 
the Howard National Bank of Burlington. Its career has been a 
prosperous one and its careful yet liberal management has placed 
it in the front rank in the commercial world. The bank is located 
at the corner of Church and College Streets, in its own building. 
The Howard National Bank was incorporated in 1870, and has a 
capital of $300,000. At this writing its deposits are $400,000 ; its 
loans and 'discounts, $600,000 ; and its surplus and undivided 
profits, $80,000, while its total resources amount to $825,000. The 
Bank is ably ofiicered, as follows : F. M. Van Sicklen, President ; 
C. M. Spaulding, Vice-President ; F. H. Fisher, Cashier ; F. M. 
Kendall, Assistant Cashier. Directors — F. M. Van Sicklen, C. 
M. Spaulding, Joel H. Gates, Edward Wells and D. W. Robin-, 
son. The board of directors embrace citizens of the highest busi- 
ness and social standing in Vermont, who take an active part in 
the management of the affairs of the institution. To this fact may 
be attributed its remarkable growth and success. Mr. F. M. Van 
Sicklen, the president, and Mr. C. M. Spaulding, the vice-presi- 
dent are retired merchants, Mr. Joel H. Gates is president of the 
Burlington Cotton Mills ; Mr. Edward Wells is president of the 
Wells & Richardson Co. ; and Mr. D. W. Robinson is manager 
of the Skillings, Whitneys & Barnes Lumber Co. The cashier, 
Mr. F. H. Fisher, is a courteous gentleman, who imderstands 
every detail of banking business. The Howard National trans- 
acts a legitimate banking business, and is a recognized exponent 
of those great cardinal principles which underlie the fabric of the 
business world, and a thorough representative of the best and 
most conservative banking methods in existence. 



Burlington. 



lOI 



T. S. PECK— INSURANCE AGENT. 

The insurance agencj' of Gen. T. S. Peck, of Burlington, is 
very widelj^ known. It transacts a large amount of insurance 
throughout Vermont, Northern New York and Canada, and 
deserv'edly holds a front rank among New England agencies. 
The agency represents all the leading classes of insurance, fire, 
life and accident, also steam boiler, plate glass and surety insur- 
ance, representing upwards of $300,000,000. In all of these classes 
the high character and perfect reliability of the agency have won 
it a multitude of friends. In adjusting losses by fire the agency 
has always been remarkably prompt, and has never had zxiy but 
the most satisfactory^ relations with its patrons. In life insurance 
Gen. Peck places a large amount with the popular and reliable 
National Life at Montpelier and the Vermont Life of this City. 




peck's block, college street. 



Burlington. 103 

In accident insurance he represents the well-known Travelers 
Accident Co., of Hartford, Conn. He carries a large amount of 
steam boiler insurance, and insures against the breakage of plate- 
glass ; and is the agent of the American Suretj' Co., of New York, 
having over $1,300,000 assets. He sells this company's bonds to 
officers of banks, treasurers of corporations, etc. This agency has 
one especial feature — that of insuring ladies and gentlemen in any 
part of the country by correspondence. By sending name and age, 
blanks are sent, the patron's own physician makes the medical 
examination, and the polic}' is forwarded, the entire transaction 
being done by letter. 

LYMAN & ALLEN— DRY GOODS. 

This firm possess the distinctive features of the largest trade in 
its line, the largest and most comprehensive stock, and the finest 
store in Vermont. It was established in 1848, when Mr. Edward 
Lj^man, the head of the house, entered into partnership with Mr. 
Elias Lyman under the firm name of E. & E. Lyman. At the 
end of three years Edward Lyman purchased his partner's interest 
and continued business alone until August, 1868, at the same 
stand, the Lyman Block, corner of Church and College Streets. 
In 1868, Mr. Lyman admitted to an interest in the firm, Mr. 
Heman W. Allen, a clerk, whose wide acquaintance, high char- 
acter and business qualities had made him of great ser^dce. The 
firm now became Lyman & Allen, and under this name, its repu- 
tation has extended through all avenues of trade in this State, 
Northern New York, the Champlain Valley, and wherever Bur- 
lington is at all known. In 1879, the firm moved to its present 
spacious and elegant quarters in the Howard Opera House Block, 
occupying a large double store. 

In 1885, Mr. F. D. Abernethy was admitted to an interest in 
the firm. He had previously' been six years a clerk in the employ 
of Lyman & Allen. The store of this firm is a pleasant one to 
visit. It is spacious and air}-, and the tasteful display of choice 
goods makes the handsomest of decorations. The clerks are 
ladies and gentlemen and have the appearance of being in the 
service of considerate employers, and of enjoying their work. 

The business of Lyman & Allen is both wholesale and retail. 
As jobbers they sell all over Vermont and Northern New York, 
and keep two traveling salesmen on the road. 



I04 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 
BURLINGTON MANUFACTURING CO. 



This is a stock company, largely engaged in the manufacture 
and sale of marble. The company was organized and buildings 
erected in 1865 for the manufacture of nails, and as a rolling-mill, 
which business was continued until 1872, when the factory was 
fitted up for the present manufacture of marble. The company 
has control of several quarries of very popular marble, and handle 
Verona, Lapanto, French gray. Empire shell, Florentine, Italian 
and black marble. A very heavy business is transacted, the trade 
extending to all parts of New England and the Middle and 
Western States. The company does, probably, the largest busi- 
ness in the country in floor tiling, wainscoting, building trim- 
mings, etc. 




BURLINGTON MANUFACTURING COMPANY'S SHOPS. 

BERRY, HALL & CO. 

Among Burlington's wholesale houses, there are few, if any, 

commanding greater attention from extent of trade and mercantile 

standing than Berry, Hall & Co. This house was established in 

1866,. and ranks among the foremost wholesale dealers in teas. 



Burlington. 



105 



coffees, spices, tobaccos and cigars, in New England. The firm 
occupy commodious quarters at 115 and 1 1 7 College Street, where 
they carry at all seasons, a large and comprehensive stock of all 
goods handled by them. The firm is widely known as proprietors 
of the "Vermont Coffee and Spice Mills," and the purity and 
superior quality of the goods thus marked, has secured for them a 
national reputation. The firm's facilities for handling teas, coffees 
and spices are unsurpassed, and its premises are equipped through- 
out with every adjunct for facilitating business. Every year the 
business increases, and the quality of the firm's goods insures an 
ever-widening market. The house has developed a large trade 
through Vermont, Northern New York and New Hampshire. 
The individual members of the firm are M. C. Berry and \V. E. 
Hall. 




Dr. SPARHAWK'S SANITARIUM. 

This establishment is located at No. 150 Bank Street, in the 
attractive building illustrated above. Dr. Sparhawk opened h^s 
sanitarium in Burlington in 1883, and in June, 1887, moved into 
his present quarters, which were especially erected for the pur- 
pose. Adjoining the sanitarium is an electro vapor bath estabr 
lishment, the only one in the State of Vermont. Dr. Sparhawk 
gives special attention to the treatment and cure of fistula, fissure, 
piles and rectal ulcer, without the use of the knife or detention 



io6 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

from business. The operation is very simple, and yet it is abso- 
lutely certain in its results. In over 6,000 operations made by 
the doctor, a cure has been effected in every case. In cases of 
long standing ulcers and fistula with numerous openings, cures 
are effected without the use of the knife, but more time is required 
than for the cure of piles, as the system is usually impaired by 
the long continued drain, caused by the ulcerative process. 

Dr. Sparhawk has a complete apparatus for the Ox3^gen treat- 
ment, which he administers to sufferers from consumption, bron- 
chitis, asthma, hay fever, catarrh, dyspepsia, scrofula, nervous 
debility, headache, etc. This is nature's remedy and many truly 
wonderful results have attended its use. 

At Dr. Sparhawk' s electro vapor bath establishment, Turkish, 
Russian and combined baths are given, besides the electro vapor 
bath, to suit the neerls of both sick and well. These baths cleanse 
the skin, open the pores, purify the blood, equalize the circulation 
of vital fluids, remove the cause of disease, tone and quiet the 
nervous system, promote digestion. In brief, they renovate the 
entire system. 

The sanitarium is roomy, and patients for medical or surgical 
treatment are admitted on reasonable terms. Consultation is 
always free and correspondence is promptly attended to. In ad- 
dressing the institution, write G. E. E. Sparhawk, M. D., Bur- 
lington, Vermont, 

H. R. WING & SON. 

This concern is one of the most Drominent last manufactories in 
the country. It was established in 1840, and the consequent long 
experience in the business is ample assurance of the practical 
knowledge of last manufacturing by the firm. The factory of the 
firm here in Burlington is fully supplied with all the latest im- 
proved machinery and appliances for the manufacture of a superior 
product. Nothing but the choicest air-seasoned rock maple tim- 
ber, which is unrivalled for durability, is used in the manufacture 
of the lasts turned out by Wing & Son. The firm makes its own 
models for regular work, and also gives special attention to models 
furnished by patrons. Messrs. Wing & Son are constantly pro- 
gressing with the times and keep well up to the latest fashions 
and styles. Their list of products embrace everything in men's and 
boys' lasts, ladies', misses' and children's lasts, boot trees and 
gaiter trees, as well as dressers, pasting blocks, plain and- lever 
clamps, etc. The firm's trade extends throughout all sections of 



Burlington. 107 

the United States and Canada, to Australia, New Zealand, Cuba 
and all over South America. Messrs. H. R. Wing & Son conduct 
a store and salesroom at 21 Spruce Street, New York City. The 
business of the firm is steadily increasing, owing to the superiority 
and reliability of its product. 

Dr. WILI^ARD'S "REST CURE." 

Prospect Street, on College Hill, is appropriately so named, for 
the scenery on that street is exceedingly varied, extensive and 
grand. This street runs about parallel with the lake shore, a mile 
distant, north and south. On it are several buildings worthy of 
mention. These are the College buildings, academical and medi- 
cal, and Billings' Library ; also the residences of Col. LeGrand 
Cannon, Horace Brooks and Mr. Brown, of New York, and \V. 
A. Crombie, Prof. G. H. Perkins, Mr. Morse and Dr. Willard's 
Sanitarium and "Rest Cure." We subjoin an illustration of this 
last, since it has been but re- 
centl}' erected and is of suf- ^k*-^!!-^_ I 

ficient public importance to 
warrant a brief notice. The 
point chosen for the site of 
this building is admirable, 
both on account of the excel- 
lent view there obtained of 
Lake Champlain and the 
Adirondack Mountains on 
the west, and the Green 
Mountains on the east, as 
well as for its adaptiveness 
for the special purpose for which the building was erected. This 
purpose is to furnish a retreat for nervous invalids, where they 
can find quiet, rest and health. Beautiful for situation, this home 
for the wear>' and sick nerves is removed from all the noise and 
confusion of the City, and is furnished with everything needful 
for the comfort and recovery of the nervous. Tb.e architecture, 
which is of the Queen Anne style, is of striking beauty and 
attracts the attention of the passers-by. Its internal arrange- 
ments are quite in keeping with the external appearance. Enter- 
ing the building, the visitor finds himself in a spacious reception 
room from which open the doctor's private ofiice, the parlor, patients' 
room and dining room, while a broad stairway leads to the roo'iis 
above. The interior of the building is finished in white wood, 





io8 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

shellaced and varnished. The walls are tastefully tinted, and 
each room on the first two floors contain fire-places laid with im- 
ported embossed and enamelled Minton tiles. The second and 
third floors are occupied for patient's rooms, a laboratory, elec- 
trical room and bath rooms and water closets. The rooms are so 
skillfully planned that not a single unpleasant nook can be found 
in the whole building. 

Dr. A. J. Willard, who was for six years superintendent and 
resident physician of the Mary Fletcher Hospital, conceived the 
idea of this institution while at the hospital, as he observed how 
inadequate were the provisions in a general hospital for the needs 
of the nervous. On leaving the hospital he entered upon this 
specialty, and has met great success. He makes use of any and 
all the most recent methods of treatment for nervous disease, but 
makes a specialty of the rest treatment, and hence the name " Rest 
Cure," which Burlington people have given to it. 




BAILEY'S MUSIC ROOMS. 
At No. 151 Main Street, Burlington, fronting the Public 
Square, is the music warerooms of Mr. A. L. Bailey. This house 
was established in Burlington about ten years ago, and now does 
the largest business in its line in the State. The affairs of the 
house are managed by Mr. H. W. Hall. The proprietor, Mr. 
Bailey, has a like establishment in St. Johnsbury. This house 
has the agency for over twenty different piano and organ manu- 
facturers, including the leading companies in America, and upon 
its floors, at all times, are to be seen instruments that have been 
endorsed by the most noted singers and musicians in the world, 



Btirlington. 109 

and excel in point of durability, power and brilliancy of tone, and 
sweet harmonic qualities. Mr. Bailey's trade extends throughout 
all parts of Vermont, Western New Hampshire, and along the 
New York shore of Lake Champlain. The warerooms of this 
house are well stocked with various styles of pianos and organs, 
and the public have the advantage of a variety to select from, all 
bought for cash, which thus insures the lowest prices. 

BURLINGTON BEEF CO. 
The introduction of refrigerator cars on the various lines of rail- 
road has wrought a complete revolution in the wholesale meat 
trade of the eastern section of the country. By the adoption of 
these cars animals are now slaughtered in the great stock-yards of 
the West, and the carcasses shipped in the cars to all points in the 
East, where they arrive as fresh and wholesome as on the day they 
were slaughtered, while the thorough inspection by the State 
ofiicials at Chicago, renders this beef the most healthy to be pro- 
cured. The Burlington Beef Co. are receivers and commission 
merchants in this City in Swift's Chicago dressed beef, mutton 
and pork, pure kettle-rendered lard, premium tripe, beef tongues, 
excelsior dried beef, Manchester hams, lambs' tongues and pigs' 
feet ; and are wholesale dealers in all kinds of salt and smoked 
meats. This enterprise was founded five years ago, and it has 
been attended by the most marked success. The roomy premises 
of the company are located at the corner of Battery and Maple 
Streets, and are fully equipped with all the latest improved refrig- 
erators and cold storage for the successful prosecution of the busi- 
ness. The company has a large and growing distributing trade. 
The manager for the company is Mr. F. J. Burdick. 

HENRY J. NELSON— FURNITURE. 

The furniture house of Henry J. Nelson is one of the oldest 
establishments of that nature in the State, having been established 
in 1835. The location is at 48 and 50 Church Street, where Mr. 
Nelson has the largest stock and greatest variety of any furniture 
house in Vermont. So firmly has his reputation become estab- 
lished for good judgment and reliability, that many of the most 
prominent citizens who have built new residences in Burlington, 
have left the matter of furnishing entirelj^ with Mr. Nelson. The 
evidences of his taste can be seen in every direction, for he has 
furnished most of the fine residences in this City. It will repay 
anyone to visit his extensive store and inspect the many elegant 



no Vermont : Its Resotirces atid Indtistries. 

things in his large stock. There may be seen the finest draperies, 
the richest lace curtains, and a great variety of window shades of 
elegant designs. Nothing in the way of furniture can be named 
that Mr. Nelson cannot produce, meeting the wants of every 
class. He keeps the most skilled workmen, and every job that he 
undertakes is done in a manner perfectly satisfactory' to the most 
refined and most fastidious taste. 

CHAMPLAIN TRANSPORTATION CO. 

Lake Champlain and Lake George are acknowledged by all 
traveled persons, as the two loveliest sheets of water on the con- 
tinent. Formed by two water-sheds, the Adirondack Mountains 
on the west and the Green Mountains on the east, they are sit- 
uated in one of the most romantic, beautiful and historically inter- 
esting regions in the Union. The Champlain Transportation Co. 
has four elegant and staunch passenger steamers, two of which 
ply Lake George and two Lake Champlain. The former are 
Horicon, commanded by Capt. J. H. Manville, and Ticonderoga, 
Capt. Richard Arbuckle, while the latter are Vermont, commanded 
by Capt. George Rushlow, and the Chateaugay, Capt. E. J. Bald- 
win. These steamers are fast, commodious, finely appointed and 
equipped, and provide first-class meals at reasonable prices. They 
touch at every point of interest on both lakes, and make con- 
venient connections with railroads to all great centers. Tourists 
will find this a line that renders of easy access, at low rates, such 
famous resorts as Saratoga, the Adirondack Mountains, Ausable 
Chasm, White Mountains, Thousand Islands and River St. Law- 
rence. The general offices of the company are located in Bur- 
lington, the general superintendent being Mr. P. W. Barney. 

BRONSONS, DUNHAM & WESTON. 

This concern was established in 1872, and is located at the 
south or lower end of the lumber district, where the firm has six- 
teen acres of piling ground, 2,000 feet of dockage, and extensive 
steam-mills for dressing and re-sawing lumber. This firm is con- 
nected with Bronsons & Weston, lumber manufacturers, Ottawa, 
Ontario, Canada, and with J. W. Dunham & Co., lumber mer- 
chants, Albany, N. Y. A Boston office is conducted at No. 75 
State Street. 



Diu-lington. 



Ill 



J. R. BOOTH— LUMBER. 

Mr. J. R. Booth is one of the pioneer lumbermen of Ottawa, 
Canada, where he has been engaged in business for about thirty 
years. He is one of the largest owners of timber limits in the 
Dominion of Canada, owning over 4,000 acres, and his mills at 
Ottawa are not exceeded in size by any on the American Conti- 
nent. 

In 1876, Hon. U. A. Woodbury established the J. R. Booth 
concern in Burlington, and has since acted as its manager. The 
location is at the Pio- 
neer Shops, where ex- 
tensive mills are con- 
ducted for dressing 
lumber, and for the 
manufacture of boxes, 
doors, sash, blinds, 
builders' house finish, 
etc. In addition to 
handling largely the 
pine lumber of Mr. 
Booth's manufacture, 
this concern deals in 
Quebec spruce and 
Michigan lumber; and 
a feature of the busi- 
ness conducted is in 
fitting out builders •'■ ^- booths office. 

with every article in wood for house building. The works are 
provided with the most approved machiner>', and skilled artisans 
are emploj'cd, the facilities being such as to insure prompt execu- 
tion of the largest orders. 

The business of this establishment is chiefly wholesale, the 
trade extending to all parts of New England and New York. 
Offices are maintained at 71 Kilby Street, Boston, and also at 82 
Wall Street, New York City. J. R. Booth's business is rapidly 
increasing, and this establishment is rated one of the most pros- 
perous in Burlington. 

YUCCA CO. 

Burlington is one of the prominent proprietar>' medicine depots 
of the country, and many articles sent out from here have a 
national reputation. Yucca, the great Mexican preparation for 




112 Vermont : Its Resources and hidustries. 

the hair, -is no exception to this rule, and, although it has been 
upon the market but a short time, it has attained a great sale. 
The Yucca plant, from which it is manufactured, is a native of 
Mexico and the southwestern portion of the United States, and 
has long been used by the natives as a substitute for soap, and in 
the preparation of a cleansing fluid for the hair. Yucca, as pre- 
pared by the Yucca Co., Burlington, is a preventive of baldness, 
and cures dandruff, itching and other diseases of the scalp. 

HENRY, JOHNSON & LORD. 

This firm was organized in the year 1874, and was successor to 
the firm of Henry & Co. in the proprietary medicine part of that 
firm's business. The firm of Henry, Johnson & Lord are among 
the large proprietary medicine manufacturers of the United States 
and Canada, being the proprietors of a large number of ' ' Trade 
Marks," notable among which are N. H. Downs' Vegetable 
Balsamic Elixir, Dr. Baxter's Mandrake Bitters, Henry & John- 
son's Arnica and Oil Liniment, and others. These medicines are 
sold over the whole countrj^ the firm numbering their customers 
by the thousands. This firm have departed, in some measure, 
from the usual course pursued by medicine manufacturers of 
putting a new article on the market every two or three years, and 
by dint of advertising for a season, create a spasmodic demand 
and then let it die, hoping to reap a harvest while it is dying. 
Articles of this class, are, as a rule, of little value as a medicine, 
and many times do positive harm. Henry, Johnson & Lord have 
never introduced an article until convinced beyond question that 
the article had positive merit, and, having once decided to push it, 
nave not allowed it to die. They have, therefore, taken hold of 
very few new medicines, but have rather put their energies into 
extending the sale of their old and tried preparations. Among 
the remedies that have been long before the public, their N. H. 
Downs' Vegetable Balsamic Elixir easily stands at the head. 
Probably every reader knows that it is a remedy for coughs, colds 
and consumption, and has been in general use for over sixty years. 
It was first made by Rev. N. H. Downs, whose name it still bears. 
After curing himself of consumption with it, as well as numbers 
of others, he sold the recipe and sole right to make and sell to J. 
M. Henry & Sons, of Waterbury, Vt., and by succession and 
legal transfer it came to the present proprietors. Since then the 
sale of Downs' Elixir, as it is familiarly called, has increased very 
largely, and at present stands without an equal among remedies 



Burlingto7t. 113 

for that class of diseases. The reason of this large sale is not 
diflScult to find. "It always gives satisfaction to the user," is the 
universal testimony regarding it. Of the other preparations man- 
ufactured by this firm, the length of this article will not permit us 
to speak in detail. They are all articles of great merit and large 
sale, in fact the name of Henry, Johnson & Lord on any label is a 
guarantee of the pure quality of the goods. The business is 
carried on in their large brick store on College Street. This 
building, erected by them in 1874, for this especial business, is 
four stories high with basement, and is fitted up with every con- 
venience and appliance necessary for a large business of this kind. 
The Canada branch of this business is located in Montreal, at 67 
St. James Street, where the preparations are put up for the 
Canadian trade, which is large and steadily increasing. The 
success of this house has been steady and permanent. They have 
gained a reputation that will last. Their sales for the year 1888 
were larger than in any previous j-ear. The members of the firm 
are Gen. W. W. Henry, E. B. Johnson and ly. B. Lord, who are 
all well known in their town and State as gentlemen of benevo- 
lence and public spirit, and fully alive to the welfare of humanity. 

C. G. PETERSON. 

Prominent among the crockery and glassware stores in Ver- 
mont, is that of C. G. Peterson, 44 Church Street, Burlington. 
While making a specialty of first-class goods, he also carries all 
varieties at all prices. The tables of this store, decked out with 
fancy glassware and ornaments, form a spectacle well worth see- 
ing. Here are to be seen all the novelties in bisque china, brass, 
bronze, Japanese and silverware, and a fine line of colored glass- 
ware, also the cheaper grades. His assortment of lamps is very 
complete, containing everything from the cheapest hand-lamp to 
the most expensive parlor lamp, and includes hanging and bracket 
lamps, piano lamps, banquet lamps, and those for newel posts. 
He also has in stock a fine assortment of cutler}-, both steel, silver 
and nickle-plated. In plated-ware the stock includes ever>'thing 
in combination sets, salts, peppers, cake baskets, castors, tilting 
water pitchers, receivers and tea sets. He also has a complete 
line of statuary, including some very elegant pieces ; and a fine 
line of art goods. Mr. Peterson does an extensive business in 
wall papers and decorations, and takes contracts for papering in 
all parts of the State, sending his own workmen to execute the 
work. Mr. Peterson does a large wholesale business in burners, 



114 



Vermont : lis Resoiirces ayid Industries. 



wicks, chimneys, fruit jars, etc., and his trade, both wholesale 
and retail, extends all through the Charaplain Valley. A speci- 
alty is made of electric lamps for houses and stores, the devices 
being applicable to any system of electric lighting. Another 
specialty is fitting out hotels with crockery, glassware and cutlery 
complete, and in this direction, Mr. Peterson transacts quite a 
heavy business. 

G. S. BLODGETT & CO. 

This house was established in 1854 by Mr. G. S. Blodgett. It 
became as at present three years ago, when Mr. George H. 
Holden entered the concern. Mr. Holden came from Troy, N. 
Y., to Burlington, leaving the well-known stove manufacturing 
firm of Daniel E. Paris & Co., where he had been engaged for 
many years, and gained a thoroughly practical knowledge of 
every detail of stove manufacture. 

Messrs, Blodgett & Co. are manufacturers of patent galvanized 
portable ovens for bakers, hotels, steamers and private families. 




Burlingto7i. 



115 



These ovens are in daily use in every country, and are better 
known in the United States than any article manufactured in Ver- 
mont except Fairbanks' scales. These ovens have principles dis- 
tinctly their own, the baking being done by means of the circula- 
tion of hot air. By this method, results are obtained that cannot 
be produced in brick or any other kind of oven. Each article 
baked is done exactly alike, top, bottom, sides and ends. This 
oven is of equal value in roasting meats. Indeed, there is noth- 
ing superior to it, as no other device permits the roasting of all 
kinds of meats and pastry at one time, in the same oven, without 
each article being impregnated with the gases of the other. Iji 
this oven each retains its own flavor. This oven is in great favor 




ii6 Vermont : Its Resources and hidust^'ies. 

among bakers, confectioners, hotels, and other places where a 
large amount of work is needed, as it is not only perfect in its 
working, but economical. 

These ovens are also extensively used for japaning, blueing, 
hardening rubber goods, bronzing, etc., and give universal satis- 
faction. 

Having an air space all around the Blodgett oven retains the 
heat, cooking with less fuel than any other oven, range or stove 
made, while for perfection, durability and simplicity, they are un- 
equalled. They are made of galvanized iron, and, consequently, 
neither rust nor crack, but remain as good as new for years. 
With this oven the contents of a barrel of .flour can be baked into 
two hundred loaves of bread, and every loaf baked evenly in all 
its parts, and every loaf like every other loaf. 

Blodgett & Co. are wholesale dealers in galvanized and black 
sheet iron, tin, zinc, copper, wrought and galvanized iron pipe 
and fittings, brass and plumbers' goods. The firm conduct a 
general business as plumbers, steam and gas fitters, dealers in 
stoves of all kinds, steam and hot water apparatus for heating, 
furnaces, etc. Some of the finest buildings in Vermont have been 
plumbed and heated by Blodgett & Co. The firm's location is at 
191 College Street. 

BISHOP HOPKINS' HALI.. 

This is a school for girls, located at Rock Point, about a mile 
and a half from the postoffice in Burlington. It is on the south 
side of a rocky promontory, about fifty rods from I^ake Cham- 
plain, and about two. hundred feet above it. The Hall is sur- 
rounded by about ten acres of land devoted to its sole use, Some 
of this is in woods, in which walks and arbors have been built ; 
the rest is graded and arranged in terraces and lawns, affording 
abundant opportunity for recreation, out-door exercises, lawn- 
tennis and games of all kinds. In the arrangement of every part 
of the building can be seen evidences of the most careful thought 
and study, and the gathered experience of all the best schools in 
the country. The windows for lighting the school-rooms were 
planned to avoid "cross lights" and "front lights," and every 
desk is arranged to have the light fall over the left shoulder. 

It is the intention of the Principal of Bishop Hopkins' Hall to 
make it not only a school, but a cultured Christian home. The 
teachers and pupils live together in one family ; and every care is 
taken to perfect the manners and morals of the pupils, and to fit 



Burling to7i. 



117 



them to become useful and accomplished women in society. 
Indeed, the school aims to train them to be all that daughters, 
wives and mothers should be. The foundation for this is the 
Christian Religion, and the school, therefore, has its daily morn- 
ing and evening prayers, its sacred studies daily, and its regular 
public worship on Sunday. The pupils, from time to time, go to 
church in the City, but usually the public worship is in the Hall's 
own chapel, the attendance upon which is required of all pupils. 




BISHOP HOPKINS HALL. 

Bishop Hopkins' Hall was opened in September, 1888, and the 
opening saw fulfilled one of the plans of Vermont's first Bishop. 
Bishop Hopkins designed this school to be second to none, and 
every effort is being made to carr)' out his plans. To this end, 
teachers of experience in their various departments, have been 
engaged. The course of study has been made with reference to 
the requirements of Wellesley and other colleges organized especi- 
ally for the higher education of young women, and covers six 
years, but each pupil entering the school is placed in the class for 



1 1 8 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

which she is prepared. The course of study embraces English 
language and literature, mathematics, natural sciences, modern 
and classical languages, vocal and instrumental music, drawing 
and painting. 

The officers and teachers of Bishop Hopkins' Hall are as fol- 
lows : Rt. Rev. Wm. H. A. Bissell, D. D., (Ex. officio) Rector 
in Chief; Rev. Lucius M. Hardj^ M. A., Principal and Chaplain, 
teacher of Mental and Moral Philosophy, Church History, Sacred 
Studies ; Miss Mary E. Magrath, Lady Principal, teacher of 
Latin, Greek and Ancient History ; Miss H. Sibyl Swett, teacher 
of Mathematics, English Language and Literature ; Miss Eliza- 
beth F. Hume, teacher of Piano, Organ and in charge of Modem 
Language and Literature ; Miss Martha A. Hatch, teacher of 
Vocal Music, Vocal Culture and Modern History ; Miss Laura 
G. Chambef-Moran, teacher of Drawing, Painting, History of 
Art ; Mrs. Stone, teacher of Dancing. 

Bishop Hopkins' Hall is protected from the north wind by a 
range of hills covered with trees, and from the east wind by a 
strip of woodland ; its exposure is to the south and southwest, 
and is so situated that the sun shines into every room during the 
day. The water supply is from a spring coming from the rocks, 
and is entirely removed from any source of contamination. The 
heating, drainage and ventilation of the building are as perfect as 
modern science can make them. 

VERMONT EPISCOPAL INSTITUTE. 

This famous school for boys is located about two miles north of 
Burlington, and within twenty- five rods of the beach of Lake 
Champlain. The building is a substantial structure of stone, 
illustrated on page 102. This school was opened in i860, under 
the principalship of Rev. Theodore A. Hopkins, and continued 
under his charge until 1881. Prof. H. H. Ross, the present prin- 
cipal^ assumed charge eight years ago. The design of the school 
is expressed in the following words taken from the instrument 
entrusting the property to the principal, viz.: " The Academical 
department of the Vermont Episcopal Institute is to be a first- 
rate English, classical and mathematical preparatory institution ; 
is to surround its pupils with the kindlj^ influence of a Christian 
family and home worship — its aim being to bring them up as well- 
educated Christian men." All students, together with their in- 
structors, form a part of the principal's family, and particular 
attention is paid to the health of every boy, and instruction in 



Bii rliytgton . 119 

manners and morals form no small part of the ever\^-day teaching. 
The school is carefulh- graded and the length of time required to 
finish its course is from three to seven 3'ears, according to the 
advancement of the pupil at his entrance into the school. It will 
prepare boys for the best colleges or for business. Daily drill in 
the United States Militar}^ Tactics is required of all pupils. The 
proportion of instructors to students is such that each "pupil can 
secure personal attention and progress as rapidly as he is able, not 
being retarded by other less advanced pupils. Lectures on vari- 
ous subjects are given from time to time by gentlemen not con- 
nected with the school. The standing of each boy in scholarship 
and deportment is made out each week and posted in the school- 
room. Occasionally a copy of such reports, in the case of each 
boy, is made out and mailed to parents or guardian. Boys are 
advanced from one grade to another only after thorough exami- 
nation in the several branches alread}^ pursued, and satisfactory 
evidence of having mastered them. Standing in scholarship is 
based upon a maximum of ten. Boj's who maintain an average 
of nine or more during the year receive the honor of public men- 
tion in the annual catalogue. 

The Institute building is thoroughl}^ heated by steam ; the 
water is abundant and pure ; and there are bath-rooms with hot 
and cold water. 

The location is an eminently healthful one, and a case of extreme 
illness is of very rare occurrence. The best opportunities exist 
for out-door exercise. The varied grounds form a pleasant place 
for boys to ramble in the woods, and a well-prepared play-ground 
affords opportunity for foot and base ball, tennis, etc. The shore 
of the lake, with a fine sandy beach, affords excellent and safe 
localities for bathing. Skating and coasting, near at hand, can 
generally be had during the winter season. 

"ROCKS AND ROMANCE." 
This is a new and interesting stor>' by a Burlington author, the 
principal scenes of which are located in Vermont and near Lake 
Champlain. It is moral in tone and pure in sentiment ; in fact, a 
real live New England story, well worth reading. Illustrated by 
the author ; published by J. S. Ogilvie & Co. , 57 Rose Street, 
New York, and 79 Wabash Avenue, Chicago, Ills. The illustra- 
tions are especially interesting to the reader. ' ' The Illicit Dis- 
tillery," as carried on by "Moonshiners," not only in Kentucky, 
but in sober New England, is well described. "The Parin' 



I20 Vermont: Its Resources and hidustrtes. 

Bee ' ' and the ' ' Quilting Party ' ' will long be remembered 
by the oldest inhabitant. Peter Styles' narrow escape from the 
bear and catamount on the mountains of Vermont is very exciting. 
The portraits of several of the principal characters are very 
natural. " I guess I kin load her in alone" shows the goodness 
of the old farmer's heart. "The consultation at Lawyer Hol- 
brooks' office" in New York City, is fine, while "Forming the 
Lead Mine Co." is just as natural as life itself. " Partial view 
of Burlington, Vt.," the home of the author, is very good. In a 
word, the book is illustrated from nature, and founded on facts ; 
intensely interesting, and should be read by all who like a good 
story. Price $1.25. Three hundred pages. Sold by S. Hunt- 
ington & Co., 88 Church Street, Burlington, Vt., and bookstores 
everywhere. 

L. S. DREW'S LAKE VIEW STOCK FARM. 

Vermont has long been noted as one of the foremost stock-rais- 
ing States in the Union, and it has many prominent breeders. 
One of the leaders in this direction is Mr. L. S. Drew, of the Van 
Ness House, Burlington, whose fine farm — "Lake View" — is 
located on the road to Shelburne, two miles south of the City. 
Mr. Drew is one of the most prominent breeders of Ayrshire cattle 
in the country, and his herd numbers about forty head. The 
herd is very evenly marked, and has been bred pure for twenty- 
three years. At the Madison Square Dairymen's Show, in 1887, 
nine prizes out of eleven entries were awarded Mr. Drew on 
Ayrshires, the total cash premiums amounting to $320. Mr. 
Drew also breeds Spanish Merino sheep, one ram in his flock 
shearing thirty- three pounds of wool in 1888. He also breeds 
Yorkshire and Berkshire pigs, of the finest strain in the country, 
Brahma fowls, etc. The milk from Mr. Drew's herd of Ayrshires 
is weighed every milking and the average for each cow in 1888, 
was 6,020 pounds. 

PROLIFIC POULTRY FOOD. 

Among the multifarious products of Burlington is Prolific 
Poultry Food. This is, comparatively, a new article, its object 
being to make hens lay and young fowls to grow, and keep the 
flock bright and healthy. The idea was conceived by Mr. L- B. 
Lord, a business man, who kept a few thoroughbred fowls for the 
pleasure of it. Having a taste for poultry culture, he was led to 
study the subject of producing eggs in winter, when most fowls 




Dtirlingion. 121 

are usually barren, and also treating hens so that they would lay 
when confined in small yards. After many experiments and a 
close study of the subiect for a period of about three years, he 
invented Prolific Poultry 
Food, which, supplying the 
properties nature craves 
but cannot procure under ^ 
circumstances mentioned, ^^ 
makes the act of laying as 
easy and natural for "bid- ^£i^~ 
die ' ' in winter, or when ~ 
confined in small space, as when she can roam the fields in spring- 
time. All this time Mr. Lord had no thought of putting an 
article of this kind on the market, but worked only as a recrea- 
tion, and to ascertain what could be done, but having accom- 
plished so much, and having made known the results to some 
brother poultry fanciers, there came urgent requests that the 
article might be manufactured that others might procure it. To 
give the recipe to the ordinarj' poultry- raiser would be useless, as 
difficulties in the way of manufacturing in small quantities were 
such that few would attempt to make it. Mr. Lord then set him- 
self to work to concentrate it and put it in shape to become an 
article of general merchandise. It was at once evident that the 
costliness of the material that composed it would be a great hin- 
derance to its general use, and so steam power and machinery- 
were brought to aid in reducing the expense of manufacture. It 
also became evident that to afford it at a price at which poultr>' 
raisers could afford to use it, it must be made in large quantities 
and the sale must be correspondingly large, and the subject must 
be got before the people that they might know of its use. This 
would take time and mone5% but Mr. Lord had perfect confidence 
in the idea and in the merit of his discovery, and decided to place 
the article on the market under the name and trade mark of 
" Prolific Poultry Food." Having once decided to manufacture 
the article there was only one road to success with it and that was 
by making a vigorous push from the start. Mr. Lord's wide ac- 
quaintance with the trade and experience in advertising and 
selling similar classes of goods, enabled him to place this article 
on the market and establish a large trade in an almost incredibly 
short space of time. It is only about three years since it was first 
introduced and yet it is sold from Maine to the Rocky Mountains, 
the same mail frequently bringing orders from many different 



122 Vermont: Its Resoiwces a7id Industries. 

States. All wholesale houses who handle similar goods, carry- 
Prolific Poultry Food in stock, and so urgent is the demand at 
times, that they wire their orders, as their customers cannot wait. 
Since the ' ' Prolific ' ' has attained such a wide reputation hun- 
dreds of other poultry powders, egg foods, vitalizers, egg producers, 
etc. , have been started, but their life has been short. Some have 
been sold at less than half the price of the Prolific, and all man- 
ner of devices have been invented to sell them, but without avail. 
Mr. L/Ord has always claimed that Prolific was very profitable to 
feed to young chicks, turkeys or goslings, and many large poultry 
raisers have been trying it and find it produces quite wonderful 
results, preventing and curing all diseases to which young poultry 
are subject, and making them grow at a rate never before heard of, 
and when we remember that there are about 350,000,000 chickens 
raised in the United States every year we can readily see that if 
each chick gets one dose a day of Prolific Poultry Food during its 
" chickenhood " the consumption must be enormous. Mr. Lord 
is a public spirited citizen with other large business interests, is 
interested in several benevolent enterprises in his town, but if you 
wish to get easily into his good graces, just talk " chicken." 




i)/\[N(T /\L®/\Ni). 



!'AINT ALBANS is the shire-town of Franklin County. It 
contains about 6,000 inhabitants, and is considered third in 
commercial importance and population in the State. The 
village was incorporated in November, 1859, and has an 
area of about two miles, admirably located on a high and 

fertile plateau, 375 feet above, and three miles back from, Lake 

Champlain. The highest point is at the residence of ex-Gov. 

Smith, the finest residence in the village, which is 215 feet above 

the depot. 




ST. ALBANS AND LAKE CHAMPI^VIN, FROM ALOIS HILL. 

The town of St. Albans was chartered by Benning Wentworth, 
the royal governor of the Province of New Hampshire, in 1763. 
Jesse Welden was the first civilized settler in St. Albans. His 
memory is perpetuated in a street which bears his name, and also 
in the Welden National Bank and the Welden House. 



124 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

Along the eastern border of St. Albans rises a range of bills, 
the southermost and loftiest point of which, called Bellevue, 
affords one of the finest prospects in the country, taking in the 
highly cultivated valley of the Champlain, with its numerous vil- 
lages, the lake, with its beautiful islands; the mountains in the 
rear of Montreal and other Canadian mountains ; the Adirondacks 
on the west and the Green Mountain range on the east. There is 
another hill in the south part of the town, called Prospect Hill, 
and another, half a mile north of the village, called Aldis Hill. 
The latter is 500 feet in height. There is an ascent for pedes- 
trians, and its summit is much visited. 

TAYLOR PARK. 

This beautiful Park is fifty by twenty rods in extent, and is sit- 
uated in the centre of the village. It was formerly known as the 
"square" or "common," but on June 11, 1870, it was named 
Taylor Park b}^ the trustees of the village, in honor of HoUowaj^ 
Taylor, one of the early settlers of the town, who, September 26, 
1799, deeded the land that it contains to the town for the purpose 
for which it has since been used. The park is surrounded by 
maples planted in 1838, which have attained good size for shade 
and ornament. Near the north end of the Park is a fine fountain, 
costing $3,000, presented to the village by ex-Gov. Smith. 

In front of Taylor Park is the principal business street of the 
village. North of the Park it is called North' Main Street, and 
south of it South Main Street. The churches, hotels and schools 
surround the Park. 

St. Albans has a number of notable buildings and creditable in- 
stitutions within its borders. There are seven handsome church 
edifices, belonging to the Congregational, Methodist, Baptist, 
Episcopal, Universalist and Catholic denominations, and costing 
nearly $150,000 ; an Academy building, costing $40,000; a Court 
House, erected at an expense of $75,000; a model Opera House ; 
the Warner Home for Little Wanderers, the St. Albans Hospital, 
both the gift of Mrs. Chauncey Warner, of Cambridge ; a public 
reading room, supported by subscription ; a railroad librarj^ and a 
town library ; a system of water-works costing $165,000; electric 
lights ; one national bank and one trust company ; two brass 
bands and four literary and musical clubs ; a flourishing G. A. R. 
post ; Masonic and Odd Fellows lodges ; a military company and 
various other organizations. 



Si. Albans. 125 

SCHOOLS. 

The educational facilities oflfered by St. Albans are first-class, 
and the village possesses in the St. Albans Academy, a superior 
institution of learning. • The school building cost $40,000. The 
graded system prevails, with an academic department where 
scholars are fitted for college. The high standing of the academy 
brings in nearly one hundred outside pupils, who paj' annually 
nearly ^1,000 in tuition fees. The academic department has an 
average of one hundred scholars in attendance, many of whom are 
fitting for a collegiate course. Graduates from the academy have 
taken high rank in leading New England colleges in the past. 
The village expends nearly $10,000 annualh' for the support of 
the schools. 

WATER WORKS. 
St. Albans' water supply is brought by gravitation from North 
Fairfax, four miles distant, a pond, by the construction of a dam 
twenty-eight feet high, having been converted into a reservoir 
of 100,000,000 gallons capacity. This reservoir is fed by springs, 
small streams, and a water-shed of 2,000 acres. The average 
head is 335 feet. Over thirteen miles of pipe are in use, and there 
are fire hydrants in all parts of the village. The cost of the water 
works system was $165,000. 

COMMERCE. 

St. Albans is the commercial centre of a prosperous farming 
section. Franklin County, of which this village is the capital, is 
the foremost butter producing county in the State, the annual 
product exceeding 4,000,000 pounds. Tuesday is "market day" 
and the streets are then thronged with people bringing their 
butter to market. As many as three hundred teams are frequently 
seen in St. Albans on market da)-. 

MANUFACTURES. 
The manufacturing interests of St. Albans consist of the car and 
railroad shops of the Central Vermont Railroad Co., St. Albans 
Foundry, Vermont Construction Co., Willard Manufacturing Co. 
and several small industries. 

POINT HATHAWAY. 

Point Hathaway, Lake Champlain, five miles distant from St. 
Albans, is becoming quite a summer resort. The Point is owned 
by an association known as the St. Albans Boating and Fishing 



126 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

Club, composed of ten St. Albans gentlemen. The property 
embraces twelve acres of land, and occupies the extreme end of the 
cape known as St. Albans Point. Near the Point are several small 
islands. Point Hathaway is finely shaded, has fine accommoda- 
tions, plenty of boats, and presents numerous attractions to the 
visitor for the da}^ or season. 

RAILROADS. 

Railroads center in St. Albans from four directions, and the 
village has attained disinction in the railway world as the head- 
quarters of the Central Vermont Railroad system. It is a notable 
fact that from the general ofiices of this management more miles of 
road are operated and a larger number of employes are directed 
than from the headquarters of any other railroad company in New 
England. In this State alone the Central Vermont disburses 
more than $1,500,000 along its line for material and labor annually, 
and more than 3,000 men are engaged in the operation of its roads. 
The car and locomotive shops and engine houses, located here, are 
large and substantial structures, and the passenger depot is 
probably the largest and finest which any town in the county of 
the same size as St. Albans can boast. The car and machine 
shops are each six hundred feet long and nearly seventy wide ; the 
two round houses are seven hundred feet long, with stalls for 
thirty-eight engines. The railroad interests of the town are very 
extensive, and the oflBcers and employes residing in St. Albans 
number, with their families, nearly 3,000 persons, while the yearly 
amount disbursed in wages to the force residing here approximate 
half a million dollars. The passenger depot is three hundred 
feet long, with a frontage of two hundred and seven feet, and has 
four tracks. The general office building in 120x70 feet and three 
stories high. The railroad buildings are of brick with stone 
trimmings. Freight and passenger traffic center in St. Albans 
from New York, New L,ondon, Springfield, Boston, Ogdensburg, 
Ottawa, Montreal and Chicago, through cars, (coaches and 
sleepers) running between most of the places named. As many 
as four hundred loaded cars frequently pass through St. Albans in 
twenty-four hours. The yard embraces sixty-seven acres and 
contains twelve miles of track. The number of trains of all kinds 
dispatched from St. Albans daily averages one hundred and 
forty. 



SL Albans. 



127 



THE CUSTOM HOUSE. 
St. Albans is a place of entry for all freight in transit from 
Western and Canadian points via the Grand Trunk and Central 
Vermont line. Here all freight trains are set out for a short time 
for examination, and cars containing dutiable or bonded goods are 
inspected by United States customs officers. The port of vSt. 
Albans is the most important one along the northern frontier of 
the United States. It is the leading port in northern New Eng- 
land, the duties collected here amounting to $500,000 a year. 
The value of goods entered here in bond and for consumption 
aggregates several millions of dollars yearl3^ 

FUOUR SHIPPING POINT. 

St. Albans is one of the foremost flour depots in the east. A 
mammoth store house six hundred feet long and forty feet wide, 
capable of storing 20,000 barrels of flour, has recently' been erected 
b)' the Central Vermont Railroad Co. Flour is sent here by the 
great milling firms of the West for storage and distribution. 

THE PRESS. 

St. Albans is one of three towns in Veniiont to boast its daily 
paper, and has in the St. Albans Daily Messenger a mirror of the 
events of the day." The Messenger Co. also issue a weekly edi- 
tion. The Vermont Sentjy is a second weekly paper. 

CONFEDERATE AND FENIAN RAIDS. 

St. Albans has been the scene of several exciting events. On 
the 19th of October, 1864, occurred what has since been known as 
the St. Albans raid. A band of twenty-two Confederate guer- 
rillas came from Canada and gathered at the hotels as guests and 
strangers to each other, and, in open daylight, at a concerted 
hour, robbed the banks of $208,000, killed one man and wounded 
several others, and made their escape into Canada on horses 
stolen from the liver}' stables. The robbers were arrested in 
Canada, examined, and discharged by the magistrates, on the 
ground that it was out of their jurisdiction to hold them, it being 
in time of war. The Canadian government, however, did not 
S5'mpathize with the magistrates in their decision. The governor- 
general recommended to the Provincial Parliament that they appro- 
priate $50,000 in gold to be paid to the banks as an equivalent for 
the money found upon the captured robbers, and which had been 
restored to them by the magistrates. This amount was voted by 



128 



Verni07ii : Its Resources and Industries. 



the parliament and paid to the banks, being equivalent to $88,000 
in currency. 

In June, 1866, St. Albans was again the scene of considerable 
excitement by the concentration here of "the right wing of the 
army of Ireland," more commonly known as the Fenian organ- 
ization for the invasion of Canada. On the 6th of the month they 
gathered at Franklin, and on the next day, their commanding 
ofiicer Gen. Spear, ordered an advance, and they crossed the line 
into Canada where the ' ' headquarters of the army of Ireland ' ' 
was located, the force amounting to 1,200 men. The project of 
invading Canada, however, was given up by them a few days 
after, and the men returned to their homes. 

AMERICAN HOUSE. 

In a volume of this kind that treats of the resources of St. 
Albans, and which is designed to be read elsewhere, it is our duty, 
of course, to speak of an establishment where visitors repairing to 
this village for business or pleasure, will be enabled to find all of 
the comforts of home in addition to every attention and con- 
venience possible to a residence and sojourn in a public hotel. 
The American House is the most centrally located of any hotel in 




THE AMERICAN HOTEL. 



St A/da?ts. 129 

St. Albans, fronts Taylor Park, and is adjacent to the principal 
places of interest in the village. The building is large and com- 
modious, with fine and suitable accommodations for the traveling 
public, and the sleeping rooms are well-lighted, properly venti- 
lated and nicely furnished. The cuisine is all that can be desired, 
while the attendance upon guests is prompt, courteous and intelli- 
gent. Especial attention is given to the commercial trade. Mr. 
S. I. Stroud, the proprietor, is popular, and guests find a pleasant 
home at the American, and everything to make them comfortable. 

WILLARD MANUFACTURING CO. 

This industry- was started in Swanton, Vt., in 1884, as R. S. 
Willard & Co. In 1885 the concern removed to St. Albans, and 
June 15, the next year, 1886, it became incorporated under the 
present name. It has for its officers Stephen E. Roj^ce, President ; 
W. B. Fonda, Vice-President ; H. P. Jones, Secretary and Treas- 
urer. The company manufacture the Eclipse overall, overshirts 
of various grades, coats for office wear, seersucker coats and vests, 
and water-proof sporting suits, Puritan hose supporters, shoulder 
brace and hose supporter combined. Lunar bandage supporter, 
shoulder braces and other specialties for ladies, misses and chil- 
dren. This company also manufactures the Dodge patent seam- 
less suspender, and the Willard patent tub fastener. The Willard 
Manufacturing Co. give employment to about one hundred per- 
sons, and its product is held in great favor. 

THE ST. AEBANS FOUNDRY. 

This concern was established in 1840, and is one of the oldest 
and most complete establishments of its kind in the New England 
States The works form a group of half a dozen substantial 
buildings, located opposite the railroad passenger depot, and are 
provided with everj' convenience in the way of improved ma- 
chinery for the work in hand. The foundry does a general busi- 
ness in machinery, castings and iron work, and manufactures car 
wheels, railroad and machinery castings, forgings, and agricul- 
tural implements. A leading specialty of the works is the manu- 
facture of railway horse-powers, threshing machines and fodder 
shredders, and wood-sawing machines (circular and drag) to be 
used with their powers, which are verj^ superior, and find a 
market in all sections of the countr}-. The horse-powers are made 
for one, two and three horses, and are equipped with speed regu- 
lators. The threshers have a vibrating separator and cleaner. 



Si. Albajis. 131 

The trade in these machines has attained large proportions, many 
being exported. Indeed, these machines receive the highest 
awards wherever exhibited in competition with similar apparatus, 
a fact which testifies to their efficac}^ and superior construction. 
The St. Albans Foundry has a hjgh reputation of long standing 
for turning out first-class work. 

VERMONT CONSTRUCTION CO. 
This concern has been in existence about three years, and its 
works are located in the old St. Albans Rolling Mill, wher^ the 
company manufactures bridges, boilers and miscellaneous wrought 
iron and steel goods. The officers of the company are : R. F. 
Hawkins, President ; D. E. Bradley, Manager and Treasurer ; E. 
B. Jennings, Consulting Engineer. The works are equipped with 
a full complement of first-class machinery, which is driven by a 
powerful Harris-Corliss engine. The Vermont Construction Co. 
manufactures iron bridges, steel bridges, stone bridges, wooden 
bridges, iron building work, bolts, rods, nuts, railroad construc- 
tion, turn tables, iron roofs, etc. Within the past year this corn- 
pan}^ has built bridges in New York State, and every State in 
New England except Rhode Island. Some of the work of the 
Vermont Construction Co. is stupendous, and testifies to the 
ample capital and facilities of the house. The largest bridge in 
New England, 2,000 feet long, crossing the east channel of Lake 
Champlain from the Vermont shore to North Hero, was built by 
this company. Another large job in this vicinit)- was the build- 
ing of the breakwater at Rouses Point, N. Y., under government 
contract. Other bridges b],iilt by this company recenth- are the 
following : Hartford bridge. Central Vermont Railroad, 650 feet 
long, tested with twelve locomotives with a combined weight of 
854 tons ; Clark bridge, Williston, Central \'ermont Railroad, 600 
feet long ; West River railroad bridge, near Brattleboro' , one span 
of 223 feet and another of no feet; Highway bridge, 330 feet 
long, across the Mississquoi River, Sheldon, Vt.; Three span 
girder bridge at Dover, N. H., with a roadway forty feet wide. 
The business of the Vermont Construction Co. is constantly 
extending, and the house has come to be one of the foremost in its 
line in the countrv. 



132 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 



F. F. TWITCHELI. & CO.— THE CORNER STORE. 

This is the leading dry goods and carpet house in St. Albans, 
and it attracts trade from all the region round about. Its location 
is at the corner of Main and Bank Streets, an old landmark in St. 
Albans, the site having been occupied for commercial purposes 
upwards of eighty years, and during that period has been known 
as the "Corner Store." F. F. Twitchell & Co. began business 
in St. Albans in 1881, and the house soon attained prominence. 
Each year has added to its popularity, until to-day it occupies the 
leading position in its various lines, and vies with similar stores 
in places of several times the population of St. Albans. Increas- 
ing trade has rendered more room necessary, and a commodious 
carpet room has been fitted up on the second floor ; also stock 
rooms. The store is very attractive, and the display of goods is 
artistically arranged, while all conveniences, including the rapid 
cash railway system and other devices facilitates the transaction 
of business. In the dry goods department the visitor finds all 
varieties of silks, satins, velvets, fine wool goods, embroideries ; 
in fact, all imported and domestic goods ; and a special depart- 
ment devoted to fancy goods and trimmings. In the rear of the 
dry goods department, is a roomy apartment for the display of 
cloaks, jackets and wraps, the display of which is always large. 
Leading from the cloak room, easy stairs ascend to the carpet 
room, where every facility is afforded for the exhibition of the 




►S/. Albans. 133 

superior stock carried. Here the visitor is shown carpets of all 
grades, from the ingrain up to the long pile Moquette, Wilton and 
Axminster, with rugs, mats and oil cloths. Messrs. Twitchell & 
Co. also carr}^ a large line of window shades, curtains, draperies, 
poles, etc. Indeed, the house supplies everything to be found in 
a dry goods or carpet house, and enjoj'S the highest reputation 
for reliability. 

W. D. CHANDLER— PHOTOGRAPHER. 

To Mr. W. D. Chandler belongs the honor of conducting one of 
the most complete and most popular photographic studios in Ver- 
mont. It is located at No. 124 Main Street, and the premises are 
finely arranged to secure comfort for patrons and expedition in 
the work. All the latest appliances and devices are provided, the 
processes emploj-ed being such as have been approved and 
adopted by leading photographers throughout the country. Mr. 
Chandler devotes his personal attention to every branch of the 
art, photographs of every description being produced. Large 
work is finished in India ink, crayon or colored, and the very 
highest results are guaranteed. Mr. Chandler is provided with a 
mammoth camera, which enables him to make negatives 14x17 
inches in size. There is but one other camera of this size in the 
State, and Mr. Chandler does a large business in portraits and 
views of the full dimensions of the apparatus. As a landscape 
photographer, Mr. Chandler has no superior. He has made 
views of all points of interest abovit St. Albans, and also has a 
large number of negatives of Adirondack, Green Mountain and 
White Mountain scenery. His views are fineh' finished and 
meet with extended sale. 

FREt)ERICK DUTCHER. 

At No. 109 Main Street, is an establishment that has been 
famous in St. Albans since 1841. We refer to Butcher's Drug 
Store, the most complete house of the kind in the village. This 
establishment was founded by L. L- Dutcher, the present propri- 
etor, Mr. Frederick Dutcher, entering the concern in 1843, and 
continuing business at the same location since. Located as the 
store is, it has a class of customers to serve who require the very 
best articles in each particular line, and such goods can always 
be found here. 

Dutcher's Fly Killer, famous in all parts of the countr5% is 
made bv this house. The manufacture of this Flv Killer has 



134 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

reached such proportions, that a special building, 100x40 feet in 
dimensions, and two stories high, is devoted to this branch of 
business. The factory is equipped with a full complement of 
special machinery, with which two hundred and forty sheets can 
be dipped at one time, and one hundred reams of paper can be 
turned out in one day. There is a popular demand for Butcher's 
Fly Killer, and it is to be found in ever>' hamlet in the nation. 

LANE'S ST. ALBANS BOOKSTORK. 

About forty-three years have elapsed since this well-known and 
popular house was established by Mr. E. B. Whiting. Seven 
years ago the house came into possession of Mr. A. F. Lane, who 
has since conducted the business. Under Mr. Lane's adminis- 
tration the business has about trebled, and, to keep pace with the 
demand, was compelled to seek larger quarters. His store is now 
located at No. 116 Main Street. Mr. Lane carries a first-class 
assortment of everj^thing in the book and stationery line, the 
stock embracing school and text books, historical, poetical and 
scientific works, standard literature, fiction and modern novels, 
periodicals, daily and weekly papers, etc.; also blank books, 
artists' materials, fancy cards and novelties. A fine line of etch- 
ings and engravings, both framed and unframed, is always in 
stock, as well as fancy articles for holiday or birthday presents. 
Mr. Lane is the leading dealer in wall papers and decorations in 
Northern Vermont, 'and carries at all times a comprehensive 
assortment of papers of various grades. 




^^A^v^ 



a^WAN'T^ON- 



-^WANTON is a lively village of about 1,200 inhabitants, 

I located near the northeast corner of the State, about nine 

I miles from the Canada line. Swanton has experienced a 

rj) healthy growth during the past few years, and put on 

municipal airs last winter, being incorporated as a village 

by act of legislature. Swanton is located upon the Mississquoi 

River, about six miles from its debouchure into Lake Champlain. 

The River furnishes a magnificent water power, which is partially 

utilized. From Swanton to the lake the Mississquoi is navigable. 

and canal boats and sailing vessels ply the stream. 

Railroads from four directions center in Swanton, viz.: From 
Montreal and Canada ; from Ogdensburg and the West ; from 
Boston, New York, Troy and Albany, via St. Albans ; and from 
Boston and New England points via St. Johnsbury & Lake 
Champlain Railroad. This latter road runs to Maquam Bay, 
three-fourths of a mile from the village, on Lake Champlain. 
Maquam forms a port of entry for Swanton. During the season 
of navigation, the steamer Maquam ph's daily between Maquam 
Bay and Burlington. 

Swanton is an attractive village, occupying ground upon both 
sides of the river. The surrounding countr>^ is level and embraces 
one of the finest farming sections in the State. 

Swanton received its name in honor of Captain William 
Swanton, an officer in the British service during the French and 
Indian wars. 

A beautiful park, of considerable extent, is one of the attractive 
features of Swanton. At one end of the park is a beautiful 
soldiers' monument to commemorate the names of those who gave 
up their lives in the war of Rebellion. Surrounding the park, 
and adjacent thereto, are the business houses of the village, the 
churches and schools. 

Swanton has five churches, a custom house, bank, Catholic 
convent, graded schools, half a dozen manufacturing concerns, 
and an inexhaustible water suppl^^ The souice of supply is 
the Mississquoi River. A powerful pumping engine forces the 
water through mains to all parts of the village. The village 



136 



Vermont : Its Resources and hidjistries. 



presents a tidy and go-ahead appearance ; the business buildings 
are modern, and an air of thrift is noticeable on all sides. 

Swanton has its newspaper, of course. The Swanton Cozwier 
is a live local and family paper. 

THE ATWOOD MANUFACTURING CO. 

This company was incorporated in 1887, and includes some of 
the most enterprising and best known men in this part of Ver- 
mont. Its officers are : G. F. Atwood, President ; C. S. Leach, 
Treasurer ; while the directory consists of both the above named 
gentlemen, and H. A. Burt, Attorne5^ Swanton ; Willard Farring-, 
ton, St. Albans ; O. S. Rixford, of Highgate, the proprietor of the 

celebrated Standard Axe and Scythe 
Works, the merits of whose pro- 
ductions are well known. The pres- 
ident of this company was the pioneer 
suspender manufacturer in Swanton, 
and has patented a great many devices 
and novelties used in the manufacture 
of these goods. The Atwood Manu- 
facturing Co. manufacture suspenders 
of every grade and of every style of 
web, but the leading specialty of the 
company is the Automatic Pivot Sus- 
pender, shown in subjoined engraving, 
and the automatic buckle, also shown 
by engraving. The automatic pivot suspender was patented 
January 29, 1889, and, while being a novelty, is practical and 
demonstrates its own utility. It allows the wearer to assume any 
position with ease, and is very dura- 
ble. The automatic buckle is used 
on all products of this company. 
It is made of one piece of metal 
and is remarkably easy to adjust. 
The Atwood Mfg. Co. operate a spe- 
cial plant for the manufacture of 
buckles, located on the west side of 
the Mississquoi River. Their sus- 
pender factory is on the east side 
of the river. This building is now 
being enlarged and facilities in- 
creased in every direction to keep pace with the demand for goods. 





Swanton. 



137 



vSWANTON SUSPENDER CO. 

This is an incorporated company, established in 1884, and is 
known the country over through its original and striking methods 
of advertising, and its advice to "Keep your pants on" has 
become quite familiar. The officers of the company are : E. P. 
Adams, President; J. S. Adams, Vice-President ; Charles C. Gil- 
more, Secretary and General Manager ; J. D. Beeman, Treasurer. 
The company has branch houses in New York, San Francisco and 
Chicago. Its manufactures consist of the celebrated Atwood 
suspenders, in almost countless grades, shoulder braces and com- 
mon suspenders. The premises occupied for manufacturing pur- 
poses are spacious and convenient, thoroughl}- equipped with all 
modern machinery and appliances for the work in hand. The 
Atwood suspender, manufactured by the Swanton Suspender com- 
pany, is appreciated by all who have worn them. They will not 
slip off the shoulders or draw in the back ; have no clumsy 
buckles to wear out the shirt or vest lining, and do not draw over 
the shoulders when sitting or stooping. Indeed, they allow the 
utmost freedom of motion without annoyance. The trade of this 
house is throughout the entire United States, the demand steadily 
increasing with each succeeding year and driving the factory to 
its utmost capacity. The gentlemen composing the Swanton 
Suspender Co. are among the best 
known men in the State. Mr. 
E. P. Adams, the president, is 
well known for his business ability 
and as an extensive butter buyer ; 
J. S. Adams, the vice-president, 
is a physician, living at Oakland, 
California ; Rev. J. D. Beeman, 
the treasurer, is president of the 
\^ermont Methodist Seminar3% at 
Moutpelier, is interested in the 
Butterfield Spring Bed Co., and 
Beeman Bros, buckle works, in 
Swanton, and in several other 
enterprises. Mr. Charles C. Gil- 
more, the general manager, was 
formerly engaged in the clothing 
business in Swanton, and aban- 
donded that branch of trade to 
' engage in the suspender industry. 







138 Vermont: Its Resources and Industries. 

Mr. Gilmore was tlie master spirit in the organization of this com- 
pany, and has been general manager since its foundation. 

BARNEY MARBIvE CO. 

This concern was established in 1840 by Mr. George Barney. 
It is now an incorporated company with a capital of $100,000, 
ojB&cered as follows: F. W. Smith, Burlington, President; R. L. 
Barney, Swanton, Secretary and Superintendent; J. N. Baxter, 
Rutland, Treasurer. The company own vast quarries of Cham- 
plain marble, located but a short distance from Swanton village. 
The mills for sawing and dressing are extensive, and are provided 
with the latest improved machinery and devices for marble busi- 
ness. The company's quarries produce eighteen distinct varieties 
of marble, all handsomely variegated in colors. The product of 
the company is flooring tile from black, white, French gray, dove, 
red variegated, Ivepanto, Lyonnaise and American-Italian m^arble, 
wainscoting, interior finish, furniture tops, etc. The variegated 
marbles from the Barney Marble Co.'s quarries are strikingly 
beautiful and are susceptible of high polish. 




l^UTL/\h^lS). 



'T^^UTLAND is the largest village in the State, and the shire- 
m^ town of Rutland County. It is located at the confluence 
i^\ of East and Otter Creeks, in the beautiful Otter Valley, 
^ amid some of the most picturesque views of mountain and 
valley, healthful atmosphere and beautiful surroundings of any 
Vermont town. 

The legislature of 1886 divided the then township of Rutland 
into three separate towns, viz.: Rutland, West Rutland and 
Proctor. The original township had an area of 26,000 acres, and 
embraced the famous Rutland marble quarries. Marble is plenty 
in Rutland to-day, and is to be seen in side-walks and curbing, 
underpinning, and in buildings. The name "Marble City" is 
decidedl)^ applicable to Rutland, even though the present town 
has no marble quarries. 

Rutland was incorporated as a village in 1847, and has eight 
wards. The opening of a railroad gave the corporation impetus 
and the village took on a healthy and regular growth. 

The section of country surrounding Rutland is prolific of valua- 
ble minerals, and many mines are working, the product being 
iron, manganese, etc. The whole county, in fact, is rich in min- 
eral wealth, and Rutland has a mineralogist in the person of Mr. 
George J. Wardwell, who possesses cabinets of minerals not only 
from Vermont, but from all parts of the world, which is worth 
going many miles to see. 

Rutland is the principal railroad center of the State, and its 
location is such as to compel an immense traflSc to pass through 
it. The railroads entering Rutland are : The Central Vermont, 
forming a through line from Boston to Montreal ; the Bennington 
& Rutland, a through route to Troy and New York ; and the 
Delaware & Hudson, running through Saratoga to Troy, Albany 
and the West, to Lake George, the Adirondack Mountains, etc. 
The Clarendon & Pittsford runs from Proctor to Center Rutland. 
All trains run into a union depot, located in the business part of 
the village. The village is divided into eight wards, and contains 
a population of about 12,000 inhabitants, and has churches of all 
denominations, .several marble mills, and other extensive manu- 



140 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

facturing establishments. The streets are lighted with electric 
lights, and there is an Kdison incandescent electric light plant ; a 
telephone system ; a district messenger service ; a fine fire depart- 
ment ; an excellent system of water works ; free mail delivery ; 
a large and flourishing Y. M. C. A.; a post of G. A. R.; one of 
the finest military companies in the State ; two first-class bands ; 
three Masonic lodges ; a chapter and council ; a lodge and encamp- 
ment of Odd Fellows ; two Good Templars lodges ; five fire 
engine and hose companies, a steamer company and a hook and 
ladder company. 

WATER WORKS. 

Rutland has a good system of water works. The supply is 
taken from a tributary to East Creek, about three miles northeast 
of the village. For about fifty feet from the bank of the creek a 
cobblestone filter is constructed, from which the water flows into a 
canal or vat, where all sediment that may exist is precipitated, 
and clear water passes into an aqueduct, flowing to the village 
reservoir. The works have about one hundred and eighty feet 
head, with a uniform pressure of about seventy-five pounds to the 
square inch, so that by attaching hose to the fire-hydrants a 
powerful stream is thrown. 

THE MARBLE INDUSTRY. 

Rutland is a great marble center, its capitalists being largely 
interested in quarries and mills in various parts of the State. 
Rutland proper has two plants in operation, those of the Bardillo 
Marble Co. and the Columbian Marble Co. , while at Center Rut- 
land, a suburb, two miles west, is a branch of the great Vermont 
Marble Co. and the shops of Ripley Sons. The True Blue Mar- 
ble Co. has its office in Rutland, but its quarries and shops are at 
West Rutland. 

SCHOOI.S. 

The educational facilities of Rutland are held in high regard by 
the people. The graded system prevails. The High School 
Building is a handsome, commodious structure, beautifully 
located on a hill near the head of Center Street, commanding a 
fine view, and at the same time receiving the benefit of the health- 
ful air of the higher land. It contains a valuable library, and 
fine apparatus for astronomical and philosophical illustration. 
There are several school buildings beside the High School. 



Rutland. 141 

BANKS. 

Rutland has five National banks and four Savings banks and 
Trust companies. These five National banks have an aggregate 
capital of $1,000,000, and deposits of over half a million. This is 
one-tenth of all the national banks, and one-eighth of the total 
banking capital of the State. The town has also four of the 
twenty-five savings banks and trust companies of the State, the 
total deposits therein being about two and a-half millions of 
dollars. 

INDUSTRIES. 

The manufactures and general business interests of Rutland are 
valuable and extensive. Conspicuous among the former are mar- 
ble mills, scale works, machine shops, foundries, chair iactorj-, 
boiler shop, shirt factory, etc. 

PUBLIC BUILDINGS. 

Rutland has a fine town hall, county clerk's ofiice, and court 
house. The court house is a fine building built of pressed brick, 
all but the steps, trimmings and foundation walls, which are of 
Chester granite. The U. S. court house and postoffice building 
is a fine structure, erected in 1857, ^^ ^ cost of $80,000. 

THE PRESS. 

Among the educational forces of Vermont the newspaper is a 
recognized vital factor, and has its due weight in Rutland. The 
Rutland Daily Herald is a morning paper, bright and newsy. 
The Rutland Evening Telegj'a^n is a second daily paper, always 
crisp and readable. The Herald Co. publish a weekly edition, 
and the Telegram Co. publish weekly and Sunday papers. 

THE OPERA HOUSE. 

One of the most conspicuous structures of Rutland is the opera 
house building, standing on Merchants Row. The style of arch- 
itecture is purely Roman. Standing on the apex of an iron ped- 
iment above the second story is a heroic bronze statue of the 
Apollo Belvidere, god of music. The interior is finely fitted, and 
is provided with ample scenery and stage machinery. 

THE MOUNTAINS. 

One of the characteristic features of Rutland is its trinity of 
mountains : Killington, Pico and Shrewsbury. Mount Killing- 
ton is ten miles distant from the village, over a fine road. The 



142 Vermont : Its Resources and Industides. 

summit is entirely barren and sterile and frown down upon 
the surrounding landscape from an altitude of 4380 feet above 
•tide- water. From its summit a view of surpassing grandeur is 
obtained, the eye taking in twenty-six villages. Indeed the view 
is regarded as more attractive than that from Mount Washington, 
being less a scene of desolation and of greater pastoral beauty, 
presenting to the beholder a sea of mountains clothed in verdure, 
their sides dotted with nestling lakes and fertile farms. To the 
north of Killington, and crowding close on its base, is Pico Peak, 
thickly covered with dense forest nearly to its summit, 3917 feet 
above the sea. 

MEMORIAL HALL. 

This noble and enduring monument, dedicated to the soldier 
dead of Rutland, stands on West Street, and was erected at a cost 
of $50,000. The town contributed $25,000 for its erection, and 
the marble companies contributed the building material therefor. 
Memorial Hall is to contain the town library and relics of, the war 
of the Rebellion. 

CHURCHES. 

Rutland contains seven churches of as many denominations : 
Congregational, Baptist, Episcopal, Methodist, Roman Catholic, 
Second Adventist, and French Catholic, 

STREET RAILWAY. 

A street railway line runs from Rutland through Center Rut- 
land to West Rutland, four miles distant ; and a belt-line makes a 
circuit of the principal streets of the village. There is also a line 
from the Bates House to the Fair Ground. 

THE BOARD OF TRADE. 

Although Rutland is already quite a manufacturing center, its 
railroads facilities, healthfulness and general advantages are such 
that its importance in this direction will no doubt increase. The 
board of trade, organized for this purpose, are making efforts with 
the view of increasing the manufacturing. All new manufactur- 
ing enterprises locating in Rutland are exempt from taxation by 
a vote of the town for a period of five years. The board has 
recently established a market day (Tuesday) and is agitating the 
matter of building a canal to Whitehall twenty- five miles, and 
connecting with the New York State canals at that point. 



Rutland. 



143 



THE HOUSE OF CORRECTION. 

This institution is located on the west border of the village, and 
cost about $60,000. Rutland contributed $20,000 toward its 
erection and thereb}' gained its use as a County Jail. The disci- 
pline is very rigid. All conversation with fellow prisoners is pro- 
hibited, and in health a full day's work is required. 

THE BATES HOUSE. 

This hotel is located just opposite the depot, on Merchant's Row, 
and is the most centralh- located of any hotel in Rutland. It con- 
tains one hundred and fifty light, well ventilated rooms, several 
parlors, and a large dining room. The furniture throughout is 
black walnut. Ever^-room is heated by steam and connected with 
the office by .speaking tubes. The cuisine is all that the most 
fastidious could wish, while the geutlemanlj' proprietors, Messrs. 
A. H. Tuttle & Son, by their courtesy and kindness to guests, not 
only render the hotel a success, but popular. From the large 
observ^atory and room}- balconies vi.sitors can obtain a fine view 
of Rutland and its environs, including Pico, Killington and 
Shrewsbury Mountains, and the Otter Creek, as it winds its way 
through the \-allev, with the Green Mountains on one side and the 




THE BATES HOUSE. 



144 Vermont : lis Resources ajid Industries. 

Taghconic on the other, forming a scene that is scarcely rivalled 
by that of any other country. The section about Rutland is rich 
in pleasant and interesting drives, and the Bates House is a favor- 
ite point for tourists to spend a few days viewing the many sights 
and indulging in the fine drives. The roads are excellent, and a 
fine livery is connected with the house, where every style of turn- 
out can be procured, with careful and obliging drivers to point out 
the various objects of interest. The Bates House is first-class in 
ever}^ respect ; has bath-rooms and closets on every floor, and is 
admirably adapted to the comfort of families and transients who 
will find it a homelike resort at all seasons of the year. 

NEW ENGLAND FIRE INSURANCE CO. 

This company has been in existence about eight years and has 
grown to be one of the foremost insurance organizations in New 
England. It is the onl)^ purely stock fire insurance company act- 
ing under charter from the State of Vermont, and while its man- 
agement is wide-awake and progressive, it is, at the same time, 
cautious and conservative in the selection of hazardous risks. Its 
contracts are liberal and definite, giving a certain amount of 
indemnity for a certain amount of premium. Its list of ofiicers 
and directors furnishes a sufficient guarantee of its strength and 
stability as well as its reliability and honorable dealing. Most 
of the gentlemen are men of wealth, while all are of known 
integrity. The list is as follows : Hon. L. W. Redington, 
President ; Dr. John A. Mead, Vice-President ; Henry O. Edson, 
Treasurer ; J. R. Hoadley, Secretary ; E. G. Bagley, General 
Agent. The directory consists of Hon. E. W. Redington, Dr. 
John A. Mead, Hon. Cyrus Jennings, Hon. Joel C. Baker, 
Col. John A. Sheldon, Henry O. Edson, Dr. Charles A. Gale, 
Judge Thomas C. Robbins, F. M. Butler, George H. Verder, 
Dr. J. B. Rand, J. R, Hoadley, Albert H. Tuttle, M. Quinn. 

The company organized with a capital of $100,000, which has 
since been increased to $125,000. January i, 1889, the company 
had policies in force amounting to $2,671,804 ; and had paid losses 
since its organization of $125,106.22. The company is rapidly 
increasing, its cash premiums for 1888 being forty per cent, in 
excess of those for 1886, while its ratio of losses decreased twelve 
per cent, during the same time, and a reduction of eight per cent, 
effected in expenses. 

The New England did more business in Vermont in 1888 than 
any other stock company. It possesses all the advantages of out- 



Rutland. 145 

side companies, and its ratio of assets to liabilities is surpassed by 
but two or three companies, and is far above the average. It has 
never assumed to possess the millions of assets of the foreign com- 
panies, but its field of operations and its liabilit)' is correspond- 
ingly small. Its contracts are liberal, and all losses are equitably 
adjusted and promptly paid. Its rates are as low as the lowest, 
and its policies cover damage by lightning even if no fire ensues, 
and also damage by lightning to live stock in the field, without 
extra charge. The safest companj- is the one that is prudently 
managed and has a large relative surplus to its policy-holders after 
providing for its legal obligations. Such a company is the New 
England, made so by its clear-headed, prudent and reliable man- 
agement, and its reputation for economy, soundness and upright 
and liberal dealing is unquestioned. 

LINCOLN IRON WORKS. 

This is one of the prominent manufacturing industries of Rut- 
land, and is engaged in the manufacture of machinery for working 
and handling marble, stone and wood. The officers of the com- 
pany are : J. N. Woodfin, President ; R. Barrett, Treasurer ; W. 
A. Patrick, Superintendent ; C. G. Ross, Assistant Superin- 
tendent. The works are located on West Street, and the shipping 
facilities secured can be readily perceived by referring to the 
engraving of the works. The Lincoln Iron Works has had a 
large and varied experience in its especial line of work, and 
furnish complete plants, of the best materials and most approved 
and modern construction. The stock of patterns is large, and 
besides patterns for special machines, the list embraces a complete 
assortment of pulleys, boxes, hangers, gearing, etc. These works 
•make the Merrimac Screw Gang for sawing stone, which has 
full}' demonstrated its utility, and which is in use in many of the 
best mills in the countr5^ The Merrimac screw ripper is also 
made by this establishment, as well as the Clogston patent gang, 
punches for punching saw-blades, automatic sand-feeding devices, 
stone planing machines, stone jointing machines, derrick irons, 
hoisting powers, hand powers, rubbing beds, marble drills, polish- 
ing lathes, wood-working machines, dowel machines, boring 
machines, brass and iron castings, railroad castings, car wheels, 
structural castings and structural iron work. The company's 
illustrated catalogue sets forth the merits of its productions and 
can be had on application. 



■iiiiiliiill'' 




Rutland. 



147 



HARRIS MANUFACTURING CO. 

This company conduct an extensive establishment on Furnace, 
Franklin, Howe and Union Streets, the works covering several 
acres of ground. Their shops vary from one to three stories in 
height. In addition to this they have several storehouses and 
sheds for use in the different branches of their business. This 
companj' conduct various branches of business — six in all— and 
each department is in charge of a superintendent of many years' 
experience. The officers of the company are : Joel B. Harris, 
President ; Wm. A. Harris, Vice-President ; Charles P. Harris, 
Treasurer. The general management of the business is vested in 

Joel B. Harris and Charles P. Harris, 
Wm. A. Harris, the Vice-President, 
lives at Springfield, Mass., being one 
of the managers of the Springfield 
Foundry Co. During the past five 
years the business of the Hyris Man- 
ufacturing Co. has largeh' increased, 
necessitating numerous additions to 
the plant. 

The company have a door, sash 
and blind factor3% a lumber yard and 
planing-mill ; and eight miles distant 
from Rutland thc}^ have two saw- 
mills and 600 acres of timber lands 
where they manufacture lumber and 
chair stock. In the factory here, the 
company produce doors, sash and 
blinds and building material, house, 
store, mill, school and church fine 
wood work, also school seats and desks, church pews and pulpits, 
cabinet work, store counters, shelving, etc. 

The lumber yard is stocked with a large stock in the lumber line, 
both soft and hard woods, and the company furnish every article 
in wood that cnters'into the construction of a building. 

The Harris Manufacturing Co. are also manufacturers of cane 
and wood seat chairs, and have agencies for these goods through- 
out the West and South, while they ship largely to the Pacific 
coast and do quite an export business. Their factory is provir'ed 
with all modern machinery, first-class dr>' houses, and the 
employes are all skilled in the business. Possessing their own 




148 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

saw-mills and timber lands, the company secure the diflferent 
classes of chair stock and lumber at cost, and are able to produce 
their goods at the very lowest figures. This is a great advantage 
in a manufactory of this kind, and enables the company to sell 
their chairs as low as the lowest. Shipping facilities are unsur- 
passed, the company having side tracks in their yards which 
enable the loading of goods direct from the factory. The com- 
pany issue a fine illustrated catalogue describing their chairs, 
which should be in the hands of every interested person. Special 
patterns of chairs are made to order. The facilities of the com- 
pany are such that orders of any magnitude can be filled promptly. 

RUTLAND FOUNDRY & MACHINE SHOP CO. 
The company is under the proprietorship of the Harris Manufact- 
uring Co., and has the same management. The works make a 
specialty of stone, wood and iron working machinery, general 
machine work, shafting, gearing, piping, engine work, etc., and 
both macline and foundry departments are under the supervision 
of thoroughly practical men. The works were lately moved into 
new buildings, the machine shop being 60x40 feet in dimensions, 
two stories high, and the foundry 60x60 feet. These works were 
formerly, for twenty-five years, conducted by Mr. Joel B. Harris, 
who was principally engaged in the manufacture of car-wheels and 
railroad castings. The business of the foundry has changed to 
general castings, both large and small. The old shops used by 
Mr. Harris so many years are still used in connection with the 
new plant. The foundry part of the business, which was idle for 
some time, has lately resumed operations. 

■ The company manufacture special machinery to order, and 
make lathes for iron working and getting out chair posts. They 
have lately also given attention to the manufacture of horse 
mowers of greatly improved pattern for Massachusetts parties. 
The mower makes an entirely new departure from all other grass 
cutting appliances in having devices for grinding the knives while 
the mower is in operation. 

DUNN & CRAMTON. 
This concern was established in 1858, and is one of the oldest, 
as well as largest mercantile establishments in Rutland. The 
individual members of the firm are James C. Dunn and John W. 
Cram ton. The firm's location is at 14 and 16 Merchants' Row, 
where upwards of 15,000 square feet of flooring is occupied in the 
display of wares, while several sheds and store-houses used by 



Rutland. 149 

the firm swell the area several thousand feet more. Dunn & 
Cramton are wholesale and retail dealers in stoves, ranges and 
house-furnishing goods, and jobbers in tin plate, sheet iron, zinc, 
barbed-wire, nails, iron pipe and fittings, and agate and granite 
ware. The firm deal largely in prepared paints, manufacturers' 
supplies, sporting and blasting powder. A leading specialty of 
the business is in buying wool, hides and pelts, and in handling 
pure Vermont maple sugar, this latter business demanding much 
attention in its season, and shipments being made to all parts of 
the country. The business of this house extends to all parts of 
the State, and its stock and annual business is in excess of any 
like establishment in New England. The utmost system prevails 
in every department of the firm's business. The various lines of 
goods have their special departments, each in charge of competent 
salesmen. In the stove department upwards of three hundred 
heaters, cooking stoves, etc., are shown, while the display of 
house-furnishing goods is bewildering in its magnitude. 

Messrs. Dunn & Cramton do an extensive junk business, and 
keep many carts on the road. The paper-rags collected by their 
peddlers are sorted on the top floors of the firm's buildings and 
baled for market. This business employs many hands and many 
car-loads of rags are shipped each year. 

H. A. SAWYER & CO. 

In the Globe Building, opposite the railroad station, is the lo- 
cation of H. A. Sawyer & Co., a firm having a trade extending 
over the entire State of Vermont and reaching into adjoining States. 
The house was established in 1864. Its business is in wrapping 
papers, paper bags, stationery, books, wooden ware, etc. , at whole- 
sale. The stock embraces everything in the above lines, besides 
blank books, school books, matches, brushes of all kinds, twines 
and cordage, cigars and pipes, and the w^arerooms show large sup- 
plies of these goods at all times. Ruled and toilet paper and sta- 
tioners' supplies are a feature of the business also and an office can 
be fitted out from the stock presented. The firm makes blank 
books a specialty, either ruled to order or in general designs, 
and in this direction transact probably the largest business in the 
State. Sawyer & Co., are also job printers and binders and are 
proprietors of the Rutland Broom Factory. They deal in fishing 
tackle, also, and in their various lines offer special advantages in 
prices to the buyer. 



150 Vermo?it : lis Resources and Industries. 

TRUE BLUE MARBLE CO. 

The mills and quarries of this company are at West Rutland, 
two miles north of the railroad station. The company was organ- 
ized in May, 1884. Its lands embrace 150 acres, audits mill is pro- 
vided with a number of gangs, and all devices for polishing and 
shaping stock. The company has a capital of $200,000, and is 
oflficered as follows : J. W. Cramton, President ; E. D. Keyes, 
Treasurer and Manager ; George B. Royce, Secretary. The prod- 
uct of the True Blue quarries presents a rich variety, being veined, 
mottled and shaded in beautiful blue coloring. It matches and 
harmonizes all sides alike in monumental work, is even grained 
and of fine texture, and works in all ways alike, similiar to Ital- 
ian marble, while it is free from flint and other uneven hard sub- 
stances. The product is largely shipped for wainscoting, furni- 
ture tops, mantles and tiling, besides cemetery work. 

STEAM STONE CUTTER CO. 
This company are sole proprietors and manufacturers of the 
Wardwell patent stone channeling or quarrying machine. The 
machines are made in three sizes — single-gang, double-gang and 
sand-stone machines. They are locomotive and cut moving in 
either direction, and are reversed without stopping, and either or 
both sides can be operated at pleasure. It requires two men to 
operate the single, and three to operate the double machine. The 
former uses about 300 pounds of coal per day and the latter about 
400 pounds. The single machine strikes 150 blows and the 
double 300 blows (150 on each side) per minute, and feed forward 
on the track one-half inch at each stroke, or six feet per minute, 
and cut from half-an-inch to one inch in depth each time passing 
over. The single machine cuts from forty to eighty square feet of 
channel in marble and limestone, and eighty to one-hundred in 
sand -stone per day, and will do the work of twenty-five men. 
The double machine will do the work of fifty men. 

MANSFIELD & STIMSON. 
This firm is located on Freight street, and was established in 
1 85 1. They make machinery and tools for quarries and mines, 
and for working and handling stone, especially marble, slate and 
soapstone, engines, boilers and pumps, agricultural fork machinery 
and tools, castings in iron and brass, gearing, shafting, hangers, 
and special machinery to order. The firm deal in iron and steel, 
pipe and fittings, power pumps, injectors, inspirators, valves. 



Rutland. 151 

steam and water gauges, fire brick, fire clay and general supplies, 
and are agents for Judson's governor, Sullivan Machine Co.'s 
rock drills, gadders and water wheels, the Watertown Steam 
Engine Co.'s engines, boilers and pumps, the Wainwright feed 
water heaters and steam heaters, and for the Lane Manufacturing 
Co.'s circular saw-mills. The works of the firm are fully 
equipped with all machinery for facilitating business ; the employes 
are skilled artisans ; and the stock of patterns is very large, 
general and complete, comprising especially, gears and pulleys 
in large variet_v and of any required size. 

THE HOWE SCALE COMPANY. 

This industry is the most prominent in Rutland. The works 
were established in Brandon, Vt., in 1857, and removed to Rut- 
land in 1878. In 1888, the Howe Scale Co. was re-organized with 
an ample cash capital and a strong board of directors. Its general 
officers are as follows : John A. Mead, President ; John W. 
Cramton, Vice-President ; John W. Norton, Treasurer ; W. R. 
Page, General Agent. The plant of the company consists of a 
triangular piece of land containing about nine acres, situated a 
short distance southeast from the depot, at the junction of the 
Central Vermont and Bennington & Rutland Railroads, and at 
the terminus of the great system of the Delaware & Hudson 
Canal Co. The extensive buildings of the company, eighteen in 
number, are well arranged for doing their wcJrk systematically, 
thoroughl)^ and with great facility, and to the same end, they are 
well equipped with general and special and some ver>' novel 
machinery adapted to their uses. This business has been a great 
boon to Rutland, adding largely to a valuable class of its popula- 
tion, and greatly increasing all its business and the value of its 
real estate. The Howe scales are made with great care, from 
the best of materials, and are characterized by their protected 
bearings, durability, accuracy and simplicity. They are manu- 
factured in ever\' design, from the post office scale, to those for 
railroad use, and in every grade are unexcelled for the purposes 
for which they are designed. The Howe Scale Compan}^ has 
agencies in all the principal cities of the United States and foreign 
countries, and its business is constantl}^ increasing. 



Rutland. 153 

BARDIIXO MARBLE MANUFACTURING CO. 

This companj^ was organized in 1882, and is one of the leading 
manufacturing concerns of Rutland. The officers of the company- 
are : William L. Strong, President ; Robert L. Darragh, Vice- 
President ; S. D. Hatch, Treasurer ; A. J. Dunton, General 
Manager. The office and steam finishing works of the company 
are in Rutland, alongside the Central Vermont and Delaware & 
Hudson Railroad ; the quarries and mills are at Brandon. The 
Bardillo company manufacture for the trade only, and produce 
everything in monumental and cemeter\' work, while a large trade 
is done in rough stone. The shops at Rutland are equipped with 
the latest improved machinery. None but first-class mechanics 
are employed, and the company guarantees satisfaction and 
prompt shipment in every instance. The Bardillo marble is 
unexceptionally sound, and has a ver>' fine, close grain, being 
susceptible of as fine a polish as can be produced on any marble in 
the market. The product is blue, being handsomely veined, and 
the color ver>' even. The Bardillo' s Italian veins resemble very 
closely the famous imported Bardaglio. The Bardillo Co.'s mar- 
ble is free from white lines commonly called threads, and the 
light marble is evenly mottled. Marble of this company's pro- 
duction can be seen in the Murray Hill and Fifth Avenue hotels, 
also in the new Stock Exchange, in New York City ; and in many 
other prominent buildings, where it is used with fine effect in fin- 
ishing the interior. 

C. PARMENTER'S INSURANCE AGENCY. 

This gentleman is well known to the people of Rutland County, 
as, for the past twenty-two years, he has been located in Rutland. 
He represents some of the largest and most reliable fire insurance 
companies, one Life Insurance Co. , known throughout the world 
as the peer of any life companies, namely, the Mutual Life of 
New York. To any who contemplate the carrying of a life policy, 
it is only just to Mr. Parmenter and the company he represents, 
to say that one would meet with good returns for their •money 
invested, by securing a policy of Mr. Parmenter in this, the 
largest financial institution in the world. His offices are 
located in Richardson's new block, corner of Wales and Center 
Streets, and are equipped with all the modem improvements 
which serv-e to turn off his large and growing insurance business 
with dispatch. By close attention to business, and a long experi- 
ence, Mr. Parmenter has worked himself to the front to that 



154 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

degree that he not only enjoys the most elaborate and richly 
furnished offices, but also enjoys a liberal share of the patronage 
of the people, as his office represents a large portion of the fire 
insurance of Rutland County at the present time. That Mr. 
Parmenter is square and upright in all his business deal is attested 
by all fair-minded people who have had au}" business relations 
with him. For a long time he worked faithfully to build up the 
New England Fire Insurance Co., and succeeded in placing it 
where he can now look back over the past four or five years of its 
existence (while under his personal management) with pride and 
satisfaction. In January, 1888, he resigned the management of 
the New England Fire Ins. Co. , and accepted the appointment of 
special agent for the Liberty Ins. Co. , which is doing a very nice 
business in Vermont, and he has been so fortunate as to secure 
the services of very competent assistants, which, with added 
facilities, afford him greatly improved advantages for successfully 
prosecuting his local and agency business. Mr. E. M. Buck, as 
head clerk, and Mr. A. E. Ball, as solicitor, are the right men in 
the right places, and have already become valuable adjuncts to 
this well-regulated office. Their former experience has eminently 
fitted them for the important positions they have been called upon 
to occupy. All connected with this establishment are courteous 
and obliging and pleasant to meet in a business way. Mr. 
Parmenter is also agent for the Fidelity and Casualty Accidental 
Insurance Co. of New York, and takes great pains in the adjust- 
ment of all losses, so that none who do business with him have 
reason to complain. A large amount of surplus fire business is 
written at this office for agents in all parts of the State. 

MOSEEY & STODDARD CO. 

This concern, which had for many years been located at Poult- 
ney, Vt., recently removed to Rutland through the efforts of the 
board of trade, and is now located in the building formerly used 
by Gay, Kimball & Gay as a button factor>% and later as a shirt 
factory ,^on West Street, alongside the D. & H. and Central Ver- 
mont Railroads. The present company was organized March 
nth, and consists of the following officers: E. P. Gilson, 
President ; George T. Chaffee, Vice-President ; Cyrus Gates, 
Secretary ; M. O. Stoddard, Treasurer and Superintendent. The 
directory embraces all of the above named gentlemen and J. H. 
Tay. The company is at present employing fifty hands, but the 
number will soon double. The Mosely & Stoddard Co. manu- 



Rutland. 155 

facture dairy apparatus, its chums being turned out in nine difiFer- 
ent sizes and its creameries in eleven patterns. In 1888, before 
the concern's works were burned at Poultney, the company manu- 
factured 3,000 chums and about 1,000 creameries. 

J. H. HOLMES & CO. 

This concern is located on West and Forest Streets, alongside the 
Central Vermont and D. & H. railroads. It was established in 
1872, and makes a specialty of manufacturing steam boilers of all 
sizes and descriptions ; also stationary engines. Holmes & Co. 
do sheet iron work of all kinds and make a specialty of steam 
heating. The firm deals in builders' hardware and engine sup- 
plies, and has the agency for various prepared paints, kalsomine, 
etc. Carrying a large stock of goods and possessing ample facili- 
ties. Holmes & Co. are able to execute promptly any order that 
may be entrusted to them. 




WHa,T 1^UTL/\N^- 



yEST RUTLAND forms a township set off from Rutland' 
in 1886. The village of West Rutland is located about 
four miles west of Rutland village, and contains three 
churches, about a dozen stores and 2,000 inhabitants. 
It is at West Rutland that the marble deposit which has made the 
name of Rutland famous in all parts of the world, is found. At a 
distance of eighty rods north from the railroad depot in West Rut- 
land is a range of hills rising two hundred feet above the bottom 
lands. On the western slope of these hills, and near the base, 
crops out the beautiful Rutland marble. The use of marble for 
ornamental and artistic purposes dates from the remotest antiquity. 
Italy, the famous marble producing country of the world, whose 
wide-famed quarries of Carrara have supplied statuaries with this 
beautiful material since the time of Julius Caesar, was destined 
to find a dangerous rival nestled in the quiet hills of West Rut- 
land. The valley at the foot of West Mountain, half a century 
ago was a dreary swamp, and it was about that time that the 
quarrying of marble here was first begun, having a very romantic 
start. During the year 1838, Wm. F. Barnes began calcining the 
marble into quicklime. Soon the idea occurred to him that this 
marble might be used in the manufacture of tombstones. Accord- 
ingly, he struck a bargain for this barren, swampy land, includ- 
ing a portion of the hill, giving in exchange an old horse, worth 
not to exceed $75. This same barren land contained nearly all of 
the famous quarries of West Rutland, and which, before his 
death, Mr. Barnes sold for $130,000. 

The marbles of West Rutland, in variety of color, in fineness of 
texture, and in durability are not surpassed by those from any 
other region of the United States. Some of the Rutland marbles 
are fully equal to the highest grade of Italian, and for some 
purposes it is considered superior. 

There are but three marble companies operating in West Rut- 
land, the True Blue Co., a sketch of whose business appears in 
the matter pertaining to Rutland, the Sheldon Marble Co. and 
the Vermont Marble Co. This last concern has recently acquired 
the valuable property formerly operated by Gilson & Woodfin, 



Wes^ Rutland. 157 

and conduct the large plant of that firm in connection with their 
works at Proctor and Center Rutland. 

The Valido Marble Co. has a quarry at West Rutland, and 
mills and finishing shops at Fairhaven, Vt. The Standard Mar- 
ble Co. and the Esperanza Marble Co. also have quarries at West 
Rutland. 

SHELDON MARBLE CO. 

This company was organized in December, 1888, and succeeded 
to the business of Sheldon & Sons. Its officers are : Charles 
Sheldon, President ; Charles H. Sheldon, Vice-President ; John 
A. Sheldon, Treasurer ; Wm. K. Sheldon, Secretary and Man- 
ager. The name of Sheldon was first connected with the marble 
territor}^ of West Rutland about seven tj'-seven years ago, when 
Meadad Sheldon, father of the president of the Sheldon Marble 
Co., and Wm. Dennison, came into possession of the entire prop- 
erty, the latter giving for his portion a black ram, and the former, 
property of about equal value. The actual history of this concern 
runs back to 1845, the elder Sheldon being, practically, the 
pioneer in the marble business in this locality. Ihe capital of 
the Sheldon Marble Co. is $1,250,000, and the property controlled 
by it includes the cream of the West Rutland deposit, with com- 
paratively inexhaustible undeveloped deposits greatly in excess of 
that alread)' worked, and embraces three quarries operated by the 
firm of Sheldon & Sons, the Sherman and the Manhattan quarries, 
and a mill plant at Hydeville, Vt. The quarries of the company 
are all located on the same deposit and include its northern and 
southern limits. All are well known as yielding a superior qual- 
ity of marble. These quarries are supplemented by five large 
mills with eighty gangs of saws, a steam plant, considered one of 
the best in the industry in this country, three engines of 450 
horse-power, three air compres.sors of 250 horse-power, 53-light 
electro dynamos, condenser and other modern appliances. The 
annual capacity of the company is 4,000,000 superficial (one inch) 
feet of sawed marble, possessing a market value of between one- 
half and three-quarters of a million of dollars. The propertj' of 
the company at West Rutland and Hydeville embraces about 200 
acres of land, and over seventy-five tenement houses. The 
product of the Sheldon Marble Co. is the choicest white and 
statuary marbles, and the deposit controlled is one of the 
largest in the country-. The plants of the company have special 
railroad tracks nnming to each department and thereby secure 



158 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

the most perfect shipping facilities. The business of the company- 
includes both block, sawed and finished marble, which finds a 
market in -all parts of the United States and Canada. The use of 
marble as a most desirable material for buildings, both public and 
private, is acquiring an enormous growth, and in view of this fact 
the Sheldon Marble Co. has greatly increased its facilities, to meet 
the demand for building marble. With large deposits of all kinds 
of blue marble and the celebrated Philadelphia white, so largely 
used in that city, the company is prepared to furnish estimates, 
and contract for all kinds of building work. Owing to the multi- 
plicity of designs on the market, the Sheldon Marble Co. does not 
issue a price list of finished work. The company, however, 
furnishes work from the designs of any company at their price 
lists, and makes estimates on special designs at any time. 




©/\a)TLETON. 



eASTLETON is located about eleven miles west of Rutland, 
at the junction of the Rutland and Washington and 
Whitehall and Rutland divisions of the Delaware & Hud- 
son Railroad. The surrounding country is diversified by 
hill, mountain, lake, river and rill, has a salubrious climate, pure 
water, beautiful scenery, and in fact, every attribute for making 
it one of the most delightful towns in the country. The village 
contains about one hundred and fifty buildings, remarkable for a 
uniform neatness. Castleton is situated upon the southern bank 
of the Castleton River, on a level plain, elevated about thirty feet 
above the stream. In the village are four churches, a town hall, 
a dozen or more stores, the Vermont State Normal School, and 
. several slate mills. 

VERMONT STATE NORMAL SCHOOL. 
This institution is one of three State Normal Schools. It is 
beautifull}^ situated at the head of Seminar}^ Street, and was estab- 
lished as the Rutland County Grammar School in 1787. In 1867, 
a State Normal School was established in connection with the 
Rutland County Grammar School, by the Vermont Board of 
Education, and since that date the institution has been known as 
the State Normal School. In Ma5% 1881, the property was 
purchased by Capt. Abel E. ■ Leavenworth, A. M., a graduate 
from the University of Vermont, who has had an experience of 
over a quarter of a century as principal of classical and normal 
schools. Under Mr. Leavenworth's administration the school has 
grown steadily in numbers, and takes front rank among the edu- 
cational institutions of the State. The board of instruction 
embraces the following persons : Principal, Abel E. Leaven- 
worth, A. M., Algebra, Constitutions, Ps5'chology, Pedagogy. 
Assistants, Abbie E. Leonard, Woodstock, Arithmetic, Physi- 
ology, Natural Sciences, Literature ; Luc}^ Wells, Granby, Gram- 
mar, Analysis of Authors, Reading, Algebra ; Eleanor L. Manly, 
Pittsford, Reading and Geography ; Annie F. Bell, Franklin, 
Arithmetic, Grammar, Drawing, Geometry ; Hattie K. Farnham, 
Poultnej^ Primary work and General Assistant. The manage- 



Castle to7i. i6i 

ment of the school is under Abel E. Leavenworth, with Miss 
Louisa M. Leavenworth as Associate. The fall term begins the 
third Tuesday in August ; the spring term,- th^ third Tuesday- in 
February. Tuition is $6.00 per quarter; board, $3.50 per week. 
The average attendance per quarter at this school is over one 
hundred and fifty. Two courses of study are adopted, as required 
by law. The first course embraces two years, or four terms of 
twenty weeks each. The second course embraces a year and a 
half, or three terms of twenty weeks each. To receive the State 
license, candidates must have attended a State Normal School for 
at least one school year, and be seventeen years of age. Grad- 
uates from the first course receive a State license to teach in any 
public school in the State for a term of five years ; those from the 
second course receive a license for ten j^ears. A preparatory 
department is maintained for the instruction of those not prepared 
by age and attainments to enter upon the first course. The 
instruction in each course is largely b}- topics ; and in each recita- 
tion the clearest method of instruction and explanation is sought. 
The aim of the school is, first, to secure a knowledge of the sub- 
ject ; then to instruct in the best methods of imparting that 
knowledge to others. The school building is surrounded by a 
beautiful park, shaded with large trees, and the building is pro- 
vided with ever>^ convenience for comfort. For further informa- 
tion, address the principal. 




iBHNNiNSTON- 




jENNINGTON, one of the most historic townships in New 
England, is a half-shire town of Bennington County, and 
is located in the southwestern part of the State. It is 
distant from Montpelier, the State capital, about ninety 
miles. The physical features of Bennington Count}^ are marked 
by the elevated peaks of the Taghconic Mountains, cut by fertile 
valleys in the west and the unbroken barrier of the Green 
Mountains in the east. Between these two systems of mountains 
are broad and fertile valle3^s capable of profitable tillage. The 
county is well watered bj^ numerous streams, whose sources are 
near the mountain tops, and which, by their rapid descent, afford 
mill privileges at almost any point in their several courses. Ben- 
nington township was formed in 1749. Its area is six square 
miles, and its surface is generally a moderately hilly upland, 
broken by the valleys of the streams. Mount Anthony rises in 
the southwest 3,505 feet, and Bald Mountain towering 3,121 feet 
high, is in the northeast. 

The Walloomsac River flows through the township, and upon 
it is situated Bennington village, embracing nearly 4,500 inhab- 
itants. The village was incorporated by act of General Assembly 
in 1848, with seven wards. It contains the Court House, Clerk's 
Oflfice and Jail for the southern district of the county. The village 
supports five churches — Baptist, Congregational, Methodist, Epis- 
copal, Roman Catholic and French Catholic, one Savings and two 
National Banks, a Free Library and various institutions, while as 
a manufacturing point it has become fai5ous in all parts of the 
country. The streets are lighted with electric lights ; and there 
are two excellent weekly papers, the Banner and the Reformer. 

Bennington is easily reached by means of various railroad lines. 
The Fitchburg Railroad carries the visitor from Troy, thirty 
miles, over a well equipped road, the route crossing the Benning- 
ton battle ground, famous in histor>% the line running between 
the entrenchments of the American and British fqrces. The Ben- 
nington & Rutland Railway runs from Rutland to Bennington, 
and in connection with the Fitchburg, and connecting lines and 
steamers at Troy, furnishes a through route to New York and the 



164 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 



West, and also a fast route to Boston and all sections of New 
England via the Hoosac Tunnel. The lyebanon Springs Railroad 
runs from Bennington through Lebanon Springs to Chatham, N. 
Y., connecting with the Harlem extension for New York, and the 
Boston & Albany. 

The Bennington & Glastenbury Railroad runs from Bennington 
eight miles up the mountains — 1,600 feet — and was chiefly built 
to open up a vast timber section, but now carries thousands of 
picnicers and devotees of Izaak Walton to the fine trout streams 
of the mountains. 

The Bennington & Rutland Railroad is the only line to Man- 
chester, Vt., and the famous Mt. Equinox, one of the principal 
summer resorts of the Green Mountains. In connection with the 
Fitchburg Railroad the B. & R. forms a short through line from 
Saratoga to Manchester. 




PUTNAM HOUSE. 

Bennington is a place of "magnificent distances," and few 
places of equal population cover so much territory. Business 
houses are located in all parts of the village, greatly interfering 
with its appearance to the visitor on business for the first time, 
but it is a charming place, nevertheless, and the facilities for 
reaching it makes it a favorite resort for dwellers of cities seeking 
health and pleasure. The country surrounding Bennington is 
prolific of picturesque views ; the charming drives over delightful 
hard roads, in every direction bring before the eye, with kaleido- 
scopic efi'ect, panoramas of rare beauty. Indeed, the natural 
beauty of the section is such, that it has become renowned, and 



Bennington. 165 

thousands of persons yearh* view its charms and go away to 
praise them. The top of Mount Anthony is easily accessible, and 
from its summit the eye looks out upon a panorama of singular 
extent and beauty. Westward the Adirondacks are seen, dim 
with the distance of a hundred miles or more. The Helderbergs 
and the Catskills are at the south, while to the east are Greylock, 
the highest peak in Massachusetts, Saddle and Bald Mountains, 
and the long Green Mountain wall. To the north, sixty miles 
away, is Killington Peak, completing the outline of a vast amphi- 
theatre of hill and vale, of fertile fields and graceful forests, dotted 
with thrifty villages and happy homes. The steam puffs up in 
sight of half a dozen railwaj- lines, and there are glimpses of the 
Hoosac and Walloomsac, bordered with manufactories. 

MANUFACTURES. 

The manufacturing interests of Bennington are very important, 
about one-third of its population finding employment in the vari- 
ous establishments. The products embrace knit goods, knitting 
machinery, light hardware, knitting needles, powder mill 
machinery, pulp and paper-making machinery, various com- 
modities in wood, etc. 

SCHOOLS. 

The school system in vogue at Bennington is equal, if not 
superior, to any in the State. October 25, 1870, the Bennington 
Graded School District was chartered, and November 9th, of the 
same year, it was organized. A building committee was appointed, 
and the result of their labors is to be seen in the handsome 
edifice devoted to the instruction of the young, beautifully located 
on the Walloomsac. the grounds containing about three acres. 
The main building is 78x66 feet, and to this is joined an annex of 
32)4x66 feet, by a section of 38x12 feet, making the extension of 
the building east and west, 113,^2 feet. The building is of brick, 
two stories high, covered with a Mansard roof. A tower i6Jj feet 
square projects from the west facade, and is 83/2 feet high. The 
school is supplied with valuable apparatus, both chemical and 
philosophical, and a cabinet of minerals. The pupils and teachers 
have access to a valuable library. The course of study is com- 
prehensive, and comprises a full course of mathematics, natural 
sciences, mental and moral sciences, French, Latin and Greek. 
The classical course gives thorough preparation for admission to 
college, and may be completed in three years. The grounds 



1 66 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

about the school building are artistically laid out, and contain a 
beautiful fountain of considerable size. 

WATER WORKS. 

Bennington's water supply is brought three miles, by gravity, 
from mountain springs, which feed a large reservoir of sufficient 
capacity to furnish an ample supply in the dryest seasons. The 
source is some three hundred feet above the village. The sj^stem 
supplies thirty-two fire hydrants, located in various parts of the 
village. 

VIIvLAGE IMPROVEMENT SOCIETY. 

This society is incorporated, and is composed of wealthy and 
prominent citizens of Bennington. It has for its object the 
improvement of the village in the way of pavements, water works, 
etc., and under its auspices the village is increasing in importance. 

THE FREE LIBRARY. 

The Free Library of Bennington was established through the 
munificence of Messrs. S. B. Hunt and Trenor W. Park — honored 
and wealthy citizens — in 1865. These gentlemen purchased the 
property at the corner of Main and Silver Streets, and, having 
fitted up the building and placed therein about 1,300 carefully 
selected volumes, presented the whole to the citizens of the place 
at a public meeting held June 23d, 1865. The donors named 
five gentlemen as trustees, and the deed of conveyance provides, 
among other things, that the property shall be held and controlled 
by these trustees, and their successors in office, as long as the 
objects are duly carried out for which the institution was founded ; 
that the library shall be for the free use, without compensation, 
of the inhabitants of Bennington County and vicinit)^ ; that the 
institution shall never become sectarian in its influence ; that the 
rental of the stores and hall in the building shall be applied to the 
current expenses and increase of the library, and that the trustees 
may commit the actual care and management of the library, read- 
ing room and building to a Young Men's Association, having 
power to resume the charge of the same whenever, in their opin- 
ion, the object of the trust would be thereby promoted. Such an 
association, was organized Feb. 21, 1865, and up to the present 
date has continued to have the whole charge and control of the 
institution having been committed to them by the trustees at the 
public meeting above mentioned. Under their charge it has had 



Ben n ington . 167 

a large success, and wide influence. The library at this time con- 
tains over 6,000 volumes, embracing a wide range of historic, 
scientific, religious, classical and philosophical works, together 
with many of the ordinary books of lighter character to be found 
in such libraries. 

STATE SOLDIERS' HOME. 

This institution occupies the elegant summer home of the late 
Seth B. Hunt, of New York City. The fine property, containing 
two hundred acres of land and fine buildings, was a donation to 
the State for a "Soldiers' Home " by the heirs of the late Trenor 
W. Park. One hundred veterans of the war of the Rebellion here 
find a well-deserved rest. They may be seen in their blue uni- 
forms, wandering about the beautiful grove upon the property, or 
sitting in its shade, watching a magnificent fountain, which, sup- 
plied with water from the springs far up the side of Bald Mount- 
ain, throws its stream above the surrounding elms, reaching a 
height of 187 feet, and standing without a rival in America. 

E. TIFFANY & SON. 

This concern was established in 1870, as Tiffany & Cooper, the 
present firm succeeding to the business in 1886. The firm manu- 
facture automatic knitting machinerj^ for the production of varie- 
ties of ribbed work and full-fashioned underwear, and turn out 
about one hundred new machines a year, besides doing a large 
business in repairing. A branch establishment is conducted at 
Amsterdam, N, Y. Mr. Eli Tiffany, the head of the firm, began 
learning the knitting business in Waterbur>% Conn., in 185 1, and 
after six years' service in the capacity of practical knitter, the 
imperfection of the then existing machines, stimulated him to 
devote his energies towards perfecting a machine for ribbed work 
which should preserve the best elements of the old machines, 
without their defects, and at the same time be operated auto- 
matically. In 1857 he addressed himself to the task, and, after 
a 3'ear's work, produced a successfully operating rib machine. 
After improvement, the machine was patented, in i860, and from 
it several remarkable inventions have emanated. Tiffau)- & Son 
manufacture machinery for knitting plain, striped, ribbed and full- 
fashioned straight work of every description, including shirt cuffs, 
drawer bottoms, ribbed shirts, fancj' ribbed cuffs, wristlets, 
gaiters, shirt borders, for ladies' and gents' wear. The firm's 
illustrated catalogue sets forth the merits of the various machines, 



Bennington. 



169 



and should be in the hands of all proprietors of knitting mills. 
TiflFany & Son's four section, flat rib machine has been in practi- 
cal use for the last twenty-five years, and with the constant 
improvements of the inventor, is in the front rank of knitting 




Fn^E SECTION RIB MACHINE. 

machiner>\ It will knit four webs at once, and will make one, 
two or three colors. This machine can be changed readily to a 
two section machine. Tiffany's five section machine makes fiv^e 
sections at once, suitable for cufis for shirts. The two section, rib 



lyo 



Vermo?it : lis Resources and Industries. 



machine is recently improved, and makes two divisions at once 
for drawer bottoms, while it can be narrowed down for cuffs, and 
can be also changed to make shirt border, or ladies' or gents' 
ribbed underwear. The Tiffany spring needle fashioning machine 




TWO SECTION RIBBED UNDERWEAR, OR SmRT BORDER MACHINE. 

is the result of much study. It is automatic in all its movements, 
produces shapes with perfect selvedges by a process of narrowing 
and not by widening as in many other machines. Many 
improvements have recently been made to these machines, among 



Bennington. 171 

which is what is known as the " Long French Welt," this being 
the only machine in this country ever built to make it. Another 
feature is in the royal rib attachment, by which a stitch can be 
made either crosswise of cuff or lengthwise, and in different pat- 
terns. All machines are tested before shipment, and are ready to 
start up immediately in the mills. Tiffany & Son have a large 
number of testimonials from manufacturers using their machines, 
all of which are very complimentary. » 

TIFFANY BROTHERS. 

This firm operate a knitting mill, giving employment to about 
seventy-five hands, in the manufacture of full-fashioned and cut 
goods, from fine-combed peelor cotton, the trade name of the 
product being " Balbriggan." The industry was established 
about nine years ago, for the purpose of demonstrating the 
advantages of the Tiffany fashioning machines. From this 
experimental establishment an industr>' has grown which now 
turns out 60 dozens daily, the product of the first months of 
operation having met with such a reception as to compel an 
increase of facilities, which have been added to from time to time 
since. The trade of the firm is in all sections. 

VALENTINE KNITTING CO. 

This industry dates its histor}' 1820, when Joel B. Valentine 
settled in Bennington. In 1824 he bought a woolen mill, then 
recently erected in this village. In 1836, this mill was destroyed 
by fire, and another building took its place, being rebuilt in 1845. 
In 1865, Major A. B. Valentine, son of the former proprietor, 
came into possession of the propert5% and converted it into a 
knitting mill for the manufacture of shirts and drawers. The 
production had reached 20,000 dozens annually, when, early in 
1883, the main structure was destroyed by fire. Upon its site 
now stands a splendid brick mill, built in 1885. The industry at 
present gives employment to about 150 hands in the production of 
125 dozens shirts and drawers daily. Eight sets of machinery 
are operated. The specialty of the company is ladies' all-wool 
scarlet and merino goods. The officers of the company are : H. 
C. Lindloff, President; A. B. Valentine, V ice- President ; A. B. 
Perkins, Secretary ; Wells Valentine, Treasurer. 



172 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 
CHARLES COOPER. 



This gentleman is engaged in the manufacture of automatic 
knitting machinery, for the manufacture of all varieties of ribbed 
goods and full-fashioned shirts and drawers ; also spring knitting 
needles. Mr. Cooper is a native of Nottingham, England. His 
father was a very skillful mechanic, and made the inside work of 
knitting machinery a specialty. He manufactured for the trade 
all kinds- of needles and the various forms of the sinkers for the 




CHARLES COOPER S NEEDLE AND KNITTING MACHINE WORKS. 

knitting frames. Into this business, Charles Cooper was very 
early inducted, and before reaching his teens had acquired con- 
siderable skill. The Cooper family coming to America in 1848, 
Charles Cooper soort began the manufacture of needles at Thomp- 
sonville, Conn., his factory attaining much success. George 
Cooper, a brother, and a very skillful machinist, in connection 
with Eli Tiffany, invented a machine for knitting flat ribs for 
shirts and drawers. Charles Cooper purchased his brother's 
interest in this invention, and in 1868, came to Bennington and 
put one of the machines to work in the mills of H. E. Bradford. 
Subsequently, he leased a part of Olin Scott's establishment and 
added more machines, manufacturing ribs for the various knitting 
mills. In 1869 Mr. Cooper removed his whole needle plant to 
Bennington, and began here his extensive business in that line. 
He manufactures needles for all kinds of machines, also the 
sinkers for the same, and produces from 8,000,000 to 10,000.000 
needles per year. While manufacturing ribs for the manu- 
facturers here, Mr. Cooper took in as a partner Mr. Eli Tiffany, 



Bennington. 



173 



and in 1870, the firm of Tiffany & Cooper began the manufacture 
of their patent flat rib knitting machine, the sales of which went 
as high as $75,000 per year. In 1886 the firm was dissolved, and 
Charles Cooper began the manufacture of the same machine in a 
shop of his own, and the output of the new shop equals the num- 
ber of machines made in the old. 




COOPERS IMPROVED FOUR SECTION RIB KNITTING MACHINES. 

Mr. Cooper manufactures four section rib knitting machines of 
great utility. One workman can run four of these machines, and 
on each machine produce forty dozen shirt cuffs per day. A 
change from one pattern to another is readily made by the 
operator, and by a simple mechanical contrivance, the different 
colors are taken up and used without stopping the machine. 

The spring needle fashioning machine made by Mr. Cooper 
was patented in 1878, and has been greatly improved. It is 
automatic in all its movements, and produces shapes with perfect 



174 



Vermont : Its Resotirces ajid Industries. 



selvedges by the process of narrowing. This machine knits and 
fashions ladies' vests and pants and men's drawers and shirt 
sleeves. 

The spring needle shirt bodj^ machine made by Mr. Cooper is 
extremely simple. It knits a straight selvedged edge and con- 
tinuous web for bodies of men's shirts, and may be run three days 
without doffing. 




cooper's automatic attachment to circular knitting machines. 

Cooper's automatic attachment to circular knitting machines, 
illustrated above, was patented February 5, 1889. It makes 
French embroidery for neck trimming, and tucked work of vari- 
ous patterns. It makes a slack course to facilitate putting same 
on the goods, with looping machine, and another as a guide to cut 
the work. 

In Mr. Cooper's needle factory a large stock of wire and 
needles of all guages is always kept on hand, and any order, 
however exceptional in its character, is promptly filled. Every 



Bennington. 



175 



needle is carefully inspected by an experienced workman before 
shipment. 




The knitting machine factory is supplied with all the most 
improved machinery and tools, and is under the superintendency 
of Mr. George Cooper, who is constantly evolving new improve- 
ments to knitting machines. 

COOPER MANUFACTURING CO. 

This company are proprietors of the Bennington Full Fashioned 
Knitting Mill. The industry was started in 1882 as Charles 
Cooper & Son, becoming as at present in 1886. The officers of 
the company are : Charles Cooper, President ; A. J. Cooper, 
Treasurer; Benj. F. Ball, Secretar}- and Superintendent. The 
company manufacture ladies' and gents' fine knit unden\-ear in 
white and fancy colors, both full fashioned and cut, and produce 
various grades. The capital of the Cooper Manufacturing Co. is 



176 



Vermont: Its Resources and Industries. 




COOPER MANUFACTURING CO.'S WORKS. 

$100,000. It operates eight sets of machinery, employs about 200 
persons, and produces 125 dozens of all-wool goods, and seventy- 
five dozens of balbriggan goods daily. The company utilize the 
building shown at the right in the engraving, in carding, spinning 
and producing yarns. The other building shown is for knitting 
and finishing, while a third building connected with Charles 
Cooper's works is used in the manufacture of yarns. The goods 
manufactured by this company are sold direct to the jobbing 
trade in all parts of the country. The mill of the Cooper Manu- 
facturing Co. is supplied largely with the machinery of Charles 
Cooper's manufacture, and it is rated as one of the leading 
industries of Southern Vermont. 

OIvIN SCOTT. 

Prominent among the industries of Bennington is the machine 
works and foundry of Col. Olin Scott. The establishment is the 
outgrowth of the old Bennington iron foundry, started in 1810, the 
first in Vermont. Col. Scott became interested in the establish- 
ment in 1858, and five years later purchased it, adding to it the old 
Eagle iron foundry and machine shop in 1865. The present estab- 
lishment is located at the head of Pleasant Street, occup^ang both 
sides of the street, with a frontage also on Main, Safibrd and 
Scott Streets. The manufactures embrace mill machinery and 
general jobbing, while a speciality is made of gunpowder machin- 
ery. Indeed a large part of the gunpowder machinery used in the 
United States during the rebellion and since was made at these 
works, and mills from this establishment are now used in the lead- 



Bennington. 177 

ing powder mills in Europe, South America, Mexico and the West 
Indies. 

Among other specialities are derricks, travelers and hoisting ap- 
paratus for quarries, docks, etc., marble working machinery, in- 
cluding sawing gangs, with Merriam's patent feed, polishing beds, 
turning lathes, etc., paper machinery, including bleachers, cut- 
ters, dusters, rag engines, Fourdrinier and cylinder machines, cal- 
lenders and presses, circular saw mills with Lane's patent set 
works, turbine water wheels of Mr. Scott's own pattern, and also 
all other first class wheels in the market ; steam engines and boil- 
ers, pipe and fittings for steam, water or gas. Millwright work is 
also a specialty, likewise iron and brass castings of anj^ size. 
The pattern list in this establishment is the largest in the State, 
there being over 1,200 gear patterns alone. 

Col. Scott is sole manufacturer of the " New England'-' wood 
pulp grinder, a machine recenth' brought out and one that pos- 
sesses features which make it superior to any other wood pulp 
machines in existence. This machine is built under the Scott and 
Roberts patents and is sold by the Scott & Roberts Co.,' a corpor- 
ation of which Col. Scott is president. This machine is capable 
of making any grade of pulp made on other machines, and, at the 
same time, turns out fifty per cent, nlore stock, while it will pro- 
duce three times as much as the popular German machines so 
much used in this country. One hundred and five of the "New 
England" grinders were set up in 18SS and the demand for them 
is so great that the works are compelled to run overtime to fill 
orders. Thej' are in use in all pulp sections of the United States ; 
and Canadian and European patents have been applied for. 

Col. Scott is a practical mechanic and engineer of long experi- 
ence and extended reputation. He is consulting engineer to two 
of the largest powder manufactories in the world : the Laflin & 
Rand Powder Co., of New York, and E. I. Dupont, de Nemours 
& Co., Wilmington, Delaware. Col. Scott was formerly engaged 
largely in the manufacture of powder, being interested in the 
Lake Superior Powder Co., Marquette, Mich. ; vice-president for 
several years of Ohio Powder Co., Youngstown, Ohio; president 
of Pennsylvania Powder Co., limited, Scranton, Pa., and eventu- 
ally became sole owner ; was formerly general superintendent of 
the Laflin & Rand Powder Co. In 1887 Col. Scott di.sposed of 
his entire powder interests to the two companies of which he is 
now consulting engineer. 



178 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

H. E, BRADFORD & CO. 

The business of this firm was established more than a third of 
of a century ago for the manufacture of cassimeres. Two years 
after starting the works were changed into a knitting mill. The 
firm is composed of L,. F. Abbott, W. H. Bradford and E. W. 
Bradford. Two mills with six sets of machinery are operated by 
the firm, and upon its property are several tenement houses and a 
store. The manufactures include all grades of shirts and drawers, 
the leading specialty being ladies' and gents' all-wool scarlet and 
merino goods ; also seamless all-wool half hose. The firm give 
employment to 125 operatives and manufactures 25,000 dozen shirts 
and drawers annually, and about 60 dozen pairs of hose daily. The 
product is sold direct to the trade, and it is in great demand by 
reason of its superiority. 

THE BATTLE OF BENNINGTON. 

The story of the battle of Bennington has often been told, and 
its memory is hallowed by all Americans. August i6th, 1777, 
Gen. John Stark, of New Hampshire, commanding a hastily 
gathered force of militia from the States of New Hampshire, 
Massachusetts and Vermont, defeated near Bennington, a detach- 
ment of Gen. Burgoyne's arni)^ under Col. Baum. Gen. Bur- 
goyne, with an army of invasion from Canada, was marching 
towards New York, expecting to form a junction with a force 
sent up the Hudson by Howe, the British Commander there, at 
or near Albany. The object of these movements was to cut off 
New England from the rest of the countr}-, an object seemingly 
not difficult to accomplish. The country was in a very depressed 
state ; the armies of the colonists had not been successful, and 
darkness and gloom pervaded the minds of the leaders of the 
struggle for independehce, spreading its influence correspondingly 
among the people. In the progress of Burgoyne's army, Ticon- 
deroga, our northern stronghold, fell into the hands of the British 
on the 6th of July. The day following, the battle of Hubbardton 
was fought, a disastrous defeat to our armies ; and to all appear- 
ances, Burgoyne's army was to march through the countr>^ in the 
character of conquerors. Had this occurred, the Independence of 
the colonies was probably lost. Burgoyne had been a month 
en route from Ticonderoga to Albany. Owing to natural diffi- 
culties of the route, and to obstructions thrown in his way by the 
Americans, his army became short of provisions, and also in 
cattle and carriages for transportation. Knowing that at Ben- 



Be7i n ington . 179 

nington considerable stores were collected as a depot for supply- 
ing the American army, Burgoyne resolved to seize it for the use 
of his own forces. He accordingly selected for that purpose about 
500 German regulars, some Canadians, a corps of provincials 
(tories) and over 100 Indians, with two light pieces of artillery. 
The whole, under command of Col. Baum, a veteran German 
officer, set out for Bennington on the 12th of August, and arrived 
that day at Cambridge, about fifteen miles northwest from Benning- 
ton. 

In order to aid in arresting the progress of Burgo^-ne, a brigade 
of militia had been mustered and sent from New Hampshire, 
under command of Gen. John Stark. Crossing the mountain, he 
reached Manchester the 7th of August, and went on to BenningT 
ton, where he arrived the 9th. Gen. Stark at once informed him- 
self of the positions and designs of the enemy. On the 13th, two 
scouts brought information that a part)^ of Indians were at Cam- 
bridge, and Gen. Stark sent Lieut. -Col. Gregg with 200 men to 
stop their progress ; but during the following night he was 
advised that a large body of troops with a piece of artillery was 
in the rear of the Indians, and that thej^ were advancing towards 
Bennington. On the morning of the 14th, Stark moved with his 
brigade to the support of Gregg, and about five miles from Ben- 
nington met him retreating before the enemy. Stark drew up his 
men in order of battle, but Baum, perceiving the Americans to be 
too strong to be advantageously attacked, halted on a command- 
ing piece of ground, commenced throwing up intrenchments, and 
sent back an express for re-inforceraents. Stark, unable to draw 
him from his position, fell back about a mile and encamped. On 
the hill where Baum had taken possession, which was covered 
with woods, he continued the throwing up of intrenchments of 
earth and timber until the attack upon his command, on the 
afternoon of the i6th. 

The forces under Gen. Stark consisted of about 1,800 men. On 
the night of the 14th, after taking up his encampment. Stark 
called a council, and it was resolved to attack the enemy next 
morning. But the 15th proved so rainy as to prevent a general 
action. However, the exact position of the enemy was ascer- 
tained by .scouts and skirmishers, and the plan of attack fully 
matured. The morning of the i6th opened bright and clear, and 
to the Americans closed no less brightly. The plan of the battle 
appears to have been carried out with remarkable completeness. 
As the orders were given, and the several parties were about to 



i8o Vermont : Its Resources aiid Industries. 

enter upon the performance of the duties severally assigned them, 
Gen. Stark in his saddle, pointing in the direction of the enemy, 
made this laconic address : " There are the Redcoats, and they are 
oiirs, or this night Mollie Stark sleeps a widow y The result of the 
conflict is well known. The loss of the Americans was thirty 
killed and forty wounded. The loss of the enemy : four pieces of 
brass cannon, seven hundred stand of arms, seven hundred 
prisoners, two hundred and seven dead on the spot, and a large 
number wounded. Two of the captured cannon are now in the 
State House at Montpelier, with the following inscription 
anciently engraved on them: "Taken from the Germans at 
Bennington, August i6th, 1777." Among those who lost their 
lives in the action were Col. Baum and a tory leader. Col. Pfister. 

Though the enemy were met by the Benningtonians and their 
friends, and vanquished, just over the line in Hoosick, N. Y., it 
must not be forgotten that Bennington was the objective point of 
the British forces, and had they not been so met, the result might 
have been the reverse of what it was. The injury to the enemy 
by this disaster can scarcely be estimated. It was not confined to 
actual loss of men and munitions of war, though those were of 
considerable importance. This victory was the first check given 
to the triumphant march of Burgoyne from Canada, and was an 
unexpected example of a successful assault by undisciplined 
militia, armed with muskets without bayonets, upon an 
entrenched camp of veteran troops defended by cannon. By its 
depressing effect on the spirits of the enemy, and the confidence 
in their prowess with which it inspired the Americans, the 
current of success was at once turned from the British to the 
American arms. 

The success of Stark animated the whole country. It cheered 
the great heart of Washington, and assured the immediate 
enhancement of the Northern army under Schuyler, on the Hud- 
son, confronting Burgoyne. It correspondingly disheartened and 
discouraged the British commander, and rendered his defeat 
under Gates, at the battles of Bemis Heights and Stillwater, 
certain. On the 17th of October, only a trifle more than three 
score days after Stark's brilliant victory at Bennington, Burgoyne, 
beaten at every point, surrounded by thrice his numbers, his 
retreat cut off, his supplies exhausted, and half his army destroyed, 
surrendered at Saratoga with all his arms and munitions of war. 

The utter failure of Burgoyne' s grand expedition — an expedi- 



Bennington. i8i 

tion to cut off New England and thus subdue the colonies, and 
which, but for the opportune victor}' of Stark, would in all human 
probability have accomplished its object — was the failure of Eng- 
land to conquer America. This event, which has ever been con- 
ceded to be decisive of American liberty on this continent, decided 
the course of France in espousing the cause of the colonies, and 
thus assured the Independence of America. 

THE BENNINGTON BATTLE MONUMENT. 

John Stark's victory at Bennington was decisive of Burgoyne's 
surrender at Saratoga, and in commemoration of it a monument 
is now being built which will worthily signalize it. The location 
is at State Arms Hill, on the site of the Continental Store House 
at Bennington Center, the Bennington of Revolutionarv' fame. 
This spot, besides being historically appropriate, is also admirably 
adapted for a commanding structure. The elevation is some 300 
feet above the Walloomsac Valley and about one and one-quarter 
miles distant from the railroad station in Bennington. The site 
commands a view up and down the valleys of the Walloomsac 
and Battenkill, and southward into the State of Massachusetts 
some forty or fifty miles from north to south. Westward, or 
rather to the northwest, open into the State of New York, the 
valley's of the Walloomsac and the Hoosac, the former cutting 
through the broad opening of perhaps ten miles in the Taghconic 
range of mountains between Mt. Anthony and the "great mount- 
ains of West Shaftsbury." On the east lies the main range of the 
Green Mountains, Bald Mountain, 3,121 feet high, being right 
over against the observer's vision. The monument is therefore 
on a hill between two ranges of mountains and commands so 
extensive a view that the shaft is a conspicuous feature of the 
landscape for miles around. The corner stone of the monument 
was laid August 16, 1887, — the one hundred and tenth anniver- 
sary of the battle. The architect is J. Ph. Rinn, of Boston. 

The monument is a simple shaft in the form of an obelisk, 301 
feet high from foundation to apex. The material is Sandy Hill 
dolomite or magnesian limestone. At the base the walls are seven 
feet six inches thick, decreasing gradually to a thickness of two 
feet at the apex. The outside is being built with what is 
known technically as headers and stretchers. These are stones 
cut in long blocks ; the stones are laid lengthwise and the headers 
with ends to the outer wall, and running through to the inside. 




BENNINGTON BATTLE MONUMENT, FROM ARCHITECT'S DESIGN. 



Bennington. 183 

The outside wall is thus laid until a height of about two hundred 
and sixty feet is attained, after which all stones extend through 
the walls. Inside the walls are left in the rough natural state of 
the rock. The outside walls have a rough finish, the limestone 
being left with a rock or split face. At the right angle corners 
of the shaft where the sides meet and also at all windows and 
other openings the stone is finished in quarter-inch draft lines or 
arris, that is, it is finished smoothly, and along these lines the 
stone is pitched off and brought on line with joints of ashler so 
that arris and joints come to one plane. This device adds much 
to the artistic beauty of the shaft. It breaks what might other- 
wise be a hardness of line at the corners, and helps to give the 
column an airiness and gracefulness that constitute one of its 
most agreeable qualities. The sharpness of outline is in no way 
diminished by this arrangement, while it gives added ease to the 
whole structure, and what may be termed a graceful movement, 
for the eye is carried thereby involuntarily from the base to the 
apex, even after the finished line itself has disappeared, melting 
away imperceptibly as the height increases. For the outside, the 
coarse ashlers, or headers and stretchers as they have been denom- 
inated, are laid in courses in random lengths. The joins between 
the ashlers is filled in with Portland cement and coarse sand. 
These joins thus pointed concaved, smoothly tooled and the color 
of the limestone rock, give the column an air of unity and har- 
mony in finish. The twenty upper courses completing the upper 
forty feet of the shaft, are jottled or bound together laterally with 
half- inch copper rods imbedded in the surface of the stone and 
firmly leaded into each block. A capstone crowns the structure. 
At the height of 200 feet up the shaft there is an entablature 
eight feet high, and fourteen feet above this, another entablature 
twelve feet high. These entablatures encircle the shaft on all 
four sides. They do not project from the surface, but the blocks 
of stone constituting them have hammered faces so as to offer a 
slight contrast to the rough face of the rest of the structure. A 
few feet above the lower line of the lower entablature on each of 
the four sides of the shaft, there is an opening eleven feet wide by 
fourteen feet high. In each of these openings stands a double 
row of plain columns, four of the columns being flush with the 
outer surface of the shaft, and the others behind them in the 
interior. These columns are sixteen inches apart, and across the 
front row on the inside are run three three-inch brass rods a foot 



184 Vermont: Its Resources and Industries. 

apart. The back row of columns is flush with the inside walls of 
the shaft, and visitors can pass between them, and, advancing up 
to the bronze railing, look out upon the landscape through the 
spaces between the front columns. Sixteen feet below these large 
openings, each side has a group of five narrow windows that 
really appear like so many narrow slits cut in the column, and 
again on each side is another similar opening or window above, 
and three others still higher up. Near the base are also windows 
on each side. On the west a large oak door with bronze grills 
and trimmings gives entrance to the structure. Over the door is 
a large lintel, four feet by eight feet, on which it is intended shall 
be carved heads of Generals Stark, Warner and Allen. The 
interior, as you enter, is twenty-two feet square. The floor is 
laid on top of the foundation structure, and is made of North 
River flagging, six inches thick. A stairway leads upward into 
the shaft. This is laid in successive flights up three sides of the 
shaft, and then on the fourth side there is a platform, the same 
arrangement being then repeated again and again until the upper 
part of the structure is reached. The several platforms are 
lighted by openings in the wall on the south side, and where the 
five windows have been noted as appearing, there is a platform or 
floor of flagging on iron beams with brick arches across the 
whole interior space. On the level of the larger columned open- 
ing, there is another floor constituting the main outlook. 

The monument has attained a height of 125 feet at this writing, 
and is expected to be completed in 1891. 

The Bennington Battle Monument Association, was chartered 
by the Vermont Legislature in 1853. The State appropriated 
$3,000 on condition that $7,000 more be raised and the corner- 
stone laid on the i6th day of August, following. The conditions 
were not fulfilled ; and a second charter was obtained in 1876, the 
present association having its outgrowth in the Bennington His- 
torical Society. The chief object in forming the society, was the 
celebration of the centennial anniversary of the battle of Benning- 
ton, but the more enduring work of building the monument was 
begun at the same time. 

BENNINGTON CENTER. 

Bennington Center was the first place in Vermont to earn the 
title of village, and is the Bennington of olden time. During the 
Revolution, and well into the present century, it was the most 
important village in the Stare. The Center lies at the foot of 



Bennmgton. 185 

Mount Anthony, and overlooks Bennington and the beautiful 
Walloomsac valley. At present it is a village of about 300 
inhabitants, its population being made up of the descendants of 
the early inhabitants. It contains two churches, Congregational 
and Catholic, the former being the first church of any denomina- 
tion in Vermont. Adjoining the Cotigregational church is an old 
burial ground, in which sleep the thirty heroes killed at the battle 
of Bennington. In the most ancient part of the cemetery are 
man}* quaint tombstones and inscriptions, marking the last rest- 
ing place of the forefathers of the hamlet. Every inch of ground at 
Bennington Center is historic. Here in the "Catamount Tavern " 
the first session of the Vermont Legislature was organized and 
adjourned to the meeting house. The convention which adopted 
the constitution of the United States and assented to the admis- 
sion of Vermont into the Union, assembled within its walls. The 
" council of safety " met here during the dark days of the Revolu- 
tion. Here stood the old storehouse, and to protect its contents, 
General Stark and his brave lieutenants went from its cover to 
the bloody field of Bennington. 

GREEN MOUNTAIN SUMMER HOME CO. 

Four miles from Bennington, on the Glastenbury Railroad, and 
800 feet above the village, the above company is establishing a 
novel summer resort. The site selected is the grove and picnic 
grounds at Woodford Hollow. The ground is smooth and level 
for an area of almost four acres, and is bounded by a high bluflf 
and a ston}^ bedded river, which combine to lower its temperature 
during the heated term, while it receives sufficient sunlight to 
prevent unhealthy dampness. The companj^ will erect small cot- 
tages and provide them with everj'thing necessarj^ for housekeep- 
ing except bed-clothes and house linen and silverware, and rent 
them for from $50 to $60 for the season. A fancy pavilion and a 
hotel wall be erected to accommodate excursion parties from the 
cities. Five trout streams are in the near vicinity, and there is 
also good hunting. The business manager of the company and 
its most active member, is Postmaster H. W. Martin, of Benning- 
ton. 



l®t^G©TOl^. 



P~^ ROCTOR is a township in Rutland Count}^ organized in 
) 1886, by the division of the towns of Rutland and Pitts- 
ford, and contains a population of 2,200. The territory 
embraced in the township is about six miles from north to 
south, and three miles east and west. The village of 
Proctor (formerly Sutherland Falls) was incorporated by act of 
legislature in 1884, and both village and town were named in 
honor of ex-Gov. Redfield Proctor, president of the great Vermont 
Marble Co., and Secretary of War in President Harrison's cabinet. 
Proctor contains a town hall, three churches, viz.: Roman Cath- 
olic, Swedish and Union Protestant. There is a town library of 
3,500 volumes, covering all subjects. The schools, seven in num- 
ber, are a source of pride to the town, and are not surpassed in the 
State. The graded system prevails, and the seven instructors are 
capable and thorough. The Vermont Marble Co. supplies the 
village with pure water from its aqueduct system. Proctor is 
beautifully located on Otter Creek, the streets being on different 
levels, owing to the hilty nature of the locality. Mountains sur- 
round the village, and from almost any point views of great 
beauty are secured. The view of the Otter valley is particularly 
pleasing, and rivals the famed scenes in foreign lands. The male 
population of Proctor is almost wholly employed by the Ver- 
mont Marble Co., which owns nearly all the dwelling houses in 
the village. Most of these dwellings have been recently built, 
while all, as a class, are superior to the generality of tenement 
houses, and bear evidences of the happiness and contentment of 
the occupants. The falls of Otter Creek are picturesque and 
beautiful, the cataract being the highest in Vermont — 122 feet — 
and forming one of the best mill privileges in the State. 

VERMONT MARBLE CO. 
This company conduct the largest industry in Vermont, and 
are the largest producers and manufacturers of marble in the 
world. It was organized in 1880 by the consolidation of the Rut- 
land Marble Co. and the Sutherland Falls Marble Co. Its capital 
is $3,000,000. The growth of the company and its present pros- 



1 88 Vermont : Its Resources a?id Industries. 

perous condition is due to the wise forethought, clear-headed and 
excellent management of ex-Gov. Redfield Proctor, now Secre- 
tary of War, who came to Proctor in 1870, and acquired the prop- 
erty of the Sutherland Falls Marble Co. The entire marble busi- 
ness at Proctor was then carried on in a building not more than 
175x40 feet. How the business has grown since that date will 
be shown further on. 

The officers of the Vermont Marble Co. are : Hon. Redfield 
Proctor, President ; George Elliott, Vice-President ; F. A. Baker, 
Secretaiy ; Frank C. Partridge, Treasurer ; Col. F. D. Proctor, 
General Manager. The company has mills and finishing shops 
at Proctor, Center Rutland and West Rutland, and quarries at 
Proctor, Brandon and West Rutland ; and can, therefore, supply 
any variety of Vermont marble. The company own 500 tene- 
ment houses. The aggregate number of men employed by this 
company at these various points, is 1,400, and to this army of 
workmen about $45,000 is distributed monthly in wages. 

At Proctor, the Vermont Marble Co. own about 2,000 acres of 
land, with a marble belt through the entire area. Here, three 
quarries are operated, the product being Sutherland Falls, Mount- 
ain Dark, Continental and Eureka marbles. The Mountain 
Dark is a dark blue, and the other varieties clouded. The origi- 
nal Sutherland Falls quarry, within the limits of Proctor village, 
is the largest quarry in the world, having more thail an acre of 
floor space. Two miles to the north is a second quarry, while to 
the south of the village is a third. The mills and finishing shops 
at Proctor are gigantic, one stretch of buildings being over 1,000 
feet in length. An addition to the finishing shop 170x85 feet has 
just been completed, making that department 400x85 feet, two 
stories high in front, and one hundred and twenty-eight feet high 
on the side next Otter Creek. It may be of interest to state that 
from eighty to one hundred masons were engaged over a year 
upon the foundation for this building, and that blocks of marble 
weighing fifteen tons and upwards were used in the walls. The 
finishing shop is built of marble entire. A little to the south of 
the main shops, are the buildings which formed the original plant 
of the Sutherland Falls Marble Co. , and also a structure contain- 
ing four air compressors, these compressors being the same as 
were used in the construction of the Hoosac Tunnel, Near the 
main shops is a large structure devoted to the building material 
department, and in another place, the company's well-equipped 
machine shop and blacksmith shop. The water-power furnished 



Proctor. 189 

by Otter Creek at this point, aggregates 2,500 horse-power, and 
it is utilized three times : first to run the air compressors and one 
mill, next, to run another mill, rubbing-beds, lathes and other 
finishing machinery', and third, to drive the large forty-four gang 
mill and machinery used in the building department. 

At West Rutland the company has large quarries, two mills 
equipped with thirty-seven gangs, and large finishing shops. 
Power is furnished by two steam engines, aggregating three 
hundred horse-power. The product is Rutland white and blue 
marbles. The property operated here includes the old Rutland 
Marble Co. property and the plant for mau}^ A-ears operated by 
Gilson & Woodfin, acquired by the Vermont Marble Co. in 
December, 188S. 

At Center Rutland the company has two mills run by water 
power, the fall being forty feet. Here fifty-two gangs are oper- 
ated. 

These various mills and quarries are brought into connection 
with each other bj' the Clarendon & Pittsford Railroad, which 
runs from Proctor to Center Rutland and West Rutland, also to 
the quarry two miles north of Proctor village. This road is 
eleven miles long exclusive of side-tracks. It will be extended 
eight miles, to Clarendon, touching a valuable marble deposit 
belonging to the \'ermont Marble Co. in that town. 

As will be seen by the foregoing, the facilities of the Vermont 
Marble Co. are gigantic. The total number of gangs operated is 
175, beside thirteen rubbing- beds, thirty-four lathes for turning 
anything from table ornaments weighing a few ounces, to fourteen 
foot columns weighing upwards of ten tons, four large marble 
planers, and other finishing facilities upon an equal scale. 

The company manufacture everything in cemetery' and monu- 
mental work, vases, etc., and do an extensive business in block 
and sawed marble, while in the manufacture of tiling, wainscot- 
ing and interior decorations, it probabl}^ does the largest business 
of any company. Its shipping facilities are perfect, the Central 
Vermont and Delaware & Hudson Railroads running direct to its 
mills. 

As producers of building marble, the Vermont Marble Co. do 
the largest business of any concern in the world. Marble is the 
strongest building stone in use. Actual and disinterested tests 
(seven in all) show the average strength of the Vermont Marble 
Co.'s marble to be 17,700 pounds to the square inch. Quincy 
granite tests but 15,300 pounds ; Aberdeen granite, 10.363 pounds ; 



igo Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

sandstones from 3,000 to 10,000 pounds, and freestones (brown- 
stones) about 3,000 pounds. Marble is best fitted for endurance, 
also, and the ravages of fire. It was the marble front of Macullar, 
Williams & Parker that stopped the great fire on Washington 
Street, Boston, in 1872. After this fire was stopped by a marble 
front, marble entered largely into the rebuilding of the burned 
portion of that City, and much of it was furnished by the Ver- 
mont Marble Co. For this purpose, the Sutherland Falls marble 
is most in favor. It is very strong and durable. Its color is not 
a pure white, but slightly clouded or variegated, thus giving a 
pleasing relief to the eye. To those preferring anything but a 
clouded or variegated marble, Rutland white or blue is furnished. 
The company has a large shop especially devoted to getting out 
building marble, and emplo3rs a large number of skilled workmen 
in this branch, under the supervision of an experienced superin- 
tendent and architect. Contracts are taken for the erection of 
buildings entire, the material being gotten out here, and the work 
set by men sent from the shops. Among the larger contracts 
filled by this company, is the Indiana State House ; the spire to 
Grace Church, New York, 104 feet high ; the Just Buildings, one 
corner of Sixth Avenue and 125th Street, and one corner of 
Seventh Avenue and 122nd Street, New York ; Gen. E. F. Jones 
Building, Binghamton, N. Y. ; Court House, Pensacola, Florida ; 
Rogers Building, and Advertiser Building, Washington Street, 
Boston ; the Parker House extension, Boston, an eight story 
structure ; blocks corner Sumner and Kingston Streets, corner 
Sumner and Devonshire Streets, corner Pearl and High Streets, 
and corner Bedford and Lincoln Streets, Boston ; also Sleeper's 
Block, 260 feet front, corner of Milk, Arch and Hawley Streets, 
Boston. Also buildings, fronts and trimmings in Amherst, Hol- 
yoke, Pittsfield Springfield, Turner's Falls, Mass.; Norwich, 
Meriden, Southington, Conn.; Brattleboro', Vt. ; New York, 
Philadelphia, Richmond, Va.; Oneonta and Binghamton, N. Y.; 
Scranton, Pa.; Washington and Baltimore, and various other 
towns. This company is furnishing the marble for the new 
Federal Building at Montpelier, Vt., and is supplying the mate- 
rial for the terraces and staircases for the Pennsylvania Avenue 
approach to the Capitol Building at Washington, D. C, the con- 
tract price of which is $198,000. 

As manufacturers of fine statuary work this company has an 
extended reputation. The large marble figures on top of the U. 
S. Court House and Postoffice Building at Boston, which attract 



Proctor. 191 

so much attention on account of their beauty, were cut and fin- 
ished complete at the works in Proctor. 

To transact its immense business rare organization is necessary, 
and to this end branch houses with yards carrying full stocks of 
sand and finished work are conducted b}' the Vermont Marble Co. 
in various cities, the branches partaking of the name of the city 
in which they are located, viz.: Boston Marble Co., 8 Thacher 
Street; Philadelphia Marble Co., 201 South Thirtieth Street; 
Cleveland Marble Co., 179 Merwin Street; Detroit Marble Co., 
278 Woodbridge Street, West ; Chicago Marble Co., East end of 
Michigan Street ; St. Louis Branch, corner Eleventh and Spruce 
Streets ; San Francisco Branch, 244 Brannan Street. These 
branches allow prompt distribution of products in all parts of the 
country. 

The marble companies generally use oxen in transferring stone, 
and in work about the mills, etc. The Vermont Marble Co. use 
horses instead, and import their animals from Canada. They 
usually have from 175 to 200 fine animals. Their buyer is an 
excellent judge of the equine race and usually over-stocks the 
company. The surplus horses are sold to other parties, and it has 
come to be the custom for persons in Vermont and many large 
cities when seeking draft horses to visit the Vermont Marble Co. 
for their stock. This has grown into quite a business, about 200 
horses being sold by the companj' last year. 



^ V^^^J^/^gA^N^ 



©t^/\TTLE©Ot^O. 




|RATTLEBORO is a prominent and flourishing town, and 
is situated near the southeast corner of the State, on the 
Connecticut River, at the junction of the Vermont Valley , 
New London Northern and Brattleboro & Whitehall Rail- 
roads, 60 miles north of Springfield, Mass., 100 miles from New 
York and 117 miles from Boston. It is, therefore, near the geo- 
graphical center of New England and Eastern New York. 

Brattleboro derives its name from William Brattle, who came 
from Massachusetts, and was one of the grantees of the town. It 
is generally conceded that the first English settlement in Ver- 
mont was made at Fort Dummer, which was erected in the south- 
east corner of the present township of Brattleboro, in 1724. 
Twenty-nine years after this settlement the charter for the village 
of Brattleboro was granted by King George II. 

The village is regularly laid out, on uneven ground, the main 
street running parallel with the river, about seventy feet above 
its surface, till it descends to the bridge across Whetstone Brook, 
which unites with the Connecticut here. At right angles with it, 
and running up the valley of the Whetstone, are Elliot, Green 
and High Streets, making the principal avenues of the village. 

Aside from its public buildings, its fine rows of business blocks, 
its several manufacturing establishments, and many beautiful 
private residences, Brattleboro has four banks, the extensive 
buildings of the Vermont Asylum for the Insane, two enterprising 
weekly papers, two literary journals, nine churches, and about 
5,000 inhabitants. 

Brattleboro has long been noted for its beautiful natural scenery, 
the healthfulness of its climate, and its pure water. The famous 
Dr. Robert Wesselhoeft, when seeking for a place to found his 
Water Cure establishment, which flourished with great success 
while he lived, selected Brattleboro on account of its pure water. 

Concrete walks are laid in all the main streets. The streets 
are lighted with electric lights ; and there are two gas com-: 
panics. 



194 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

SANITARY FEATURES. 

Brattleboro's sanitary arrangements are good. The configura- 
tion of the village is such that perfect sewerage is afforded. At 
present there are about seven miles of sewers, nearly half of which 
was laid in iS88. 

SCHOOLS. 

Brattleboro was the first town in Vermont to adopt the Massa- 
chusetts system of graded schools, and has since adopted every 
modern improvement. The High School Building is one of the 
finest in New England. It accommodates an Intermediate, 
Grammar and High School, the three grades having ten accom- 
plished teachers besides the principal, and affording ample facil- 




HIGH SCHOOL BUILDING. 

ities for education for business, or for entering college. There are 
a number of primary' schools besides the High School. 

BROOKS FREE LIBRARY. ' 

The Brooks Free Library Building was erected in 1888 by Mr. 
George Jones Brooks, now deceased, to accommodate the Brattle- 
boro Free Library, and donated the same to the town. Since his 
death his heirs have generously given a fund of $15,000, the 
income of which is to be perpetually devoted to its maintenance 



196 



Vermont: Its Resources and Industries. 



"and increase. The town is allowed by law to vote eacli year a 
sum also for books, which is always done with great unanimity. 
The library at present contains over 6,000 books. The building 
contains two commodious reading rooms. The total number of 
books taken from the library in 1888, was 27,390, by 2,270 
patrons. 

. THE COMMON. 

The Common covers an area of about three acres, upon the 
most elevated of the terraces at the north end of the village, and 
just in front of the Vermont Asylum for the Insane, with which 
it is contiguous, and from which it is separated only by an almost 
invisible wire fence following the outline of the bluff. There is, 
perhaps, no point in the village which commands with better 
eiFect, certain geological features which are peculiar to this part 

of the Connecticut valley. 
From the brow of the eleva- 
tion, looking northward, lies 
immediately in front the plat- 
eau of twenty acres, on 
which, at its farther bound- 
ary, stands the long line of 
Asylum buildings, beyond 
which, at a level of fifty feet 
below this, stretches the 
broad meadow tract of one 
hundred and fifty acres to 
the West River. Encircling 
these successive levels, form- 
ed-by alluvial deposits, and 
expanding to the view from 
this point, are the hills form- 
ing an amphitheatre of rare 
beauty. Trees cover the 
Common ; its walks are grav- 
elled, and rustic seats have 
been provided at many points. 




soldiers' monument. 



There has recently been erected upon the point of view most 
commanding and beautiful, a soldiers' monument, for the con- 
struction of which Brattleboro appropriated $5,000. 



igS 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 



HIGHLAND PARK. 
This beautiful Park consists of thirty acres of woodland, is situ- 
ated on a plateau overlooking the village and commands some 
rich and varied views in every direction. It is but half-a-mile dis- 
tant from Main Street, and was fitted up and opened to the public 
in 1884 as the 
free gift of Mr. 
Geo. K. Crowell. 
A roadway has 
been laid around 
the outskirts, af- 
fording delight- 
ful drive of a 
rrfile. There are 
cross roads and 
walks to every 
part of the Park, 
"Highland Av- 
enue," " Hazel 
Avenue," etc., 
over numerous 
rustic bridges, 
with driveways 
above and below 




THE crow's nest. 

like those in Central Park New York 




■ Mm^^m\ 



THE LONG BUnxiK. 



a laby- 
rinth of fine ave- 
nues, under bow- 
ers of trees, thro' 
densely shaded 
recesses, fragrant 
with the the per- 
fume of flowers 
and shrubbery, 
and the music of 
wild birds, and 
squirrels attract- 
ed by the sur- 
passing loveli- 
ness of the spot 
— and all afford- 
ing a restful and 
refreshing scene. 



Brattleboro. 



199 




On every side are endless vistas of beauties, sucli as "Crow's 
Nest," a natural arbor of oak, apple, maple and hickory trees, a 
miniature lake, with natural bars of ferns, cozy nooks inviting the 

lotiterer to rustic 
seats so thickly 
placed, and the 
knolls and ra- 
vines where the 
grounds are as 
clean as carpets. 
Effort has been 
made, with most 
happy results, to 
combine natural 
wildness with the 
cleanliness of 
taste and art. 
The stumps of 
trees have been 
sawed off and 
painted, for rus- 
tic seats There are spacious plots for games, several croquet 

grounds, swings, ^ , . , _^ 

a log cabin, a 

band stand a^ ,^ 

one of the mos^ ;^ 

sightly points, ^ 

and above all, a / .^ 

three-story cot- ^3 

tage of v->\viss de~ 
sign of architect- 
ure, surmounted 
by an observa- 
tory 50 feet high, 
commanding a 
panorama of hill 
and dale for a 
score of miles or 
more in extent. 

THE RESERVOIR. 



THE LOG CABIN. 




200 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

CHURCHES. 

Brattleboro supports nine churches, viz. : Two Congregational, 
two Baptist, Methodist, Episcopal, Roman Catholic, Univeralist 
and Unitarian. 

The Young Men^s Christian Association has nearly 250 mem- 
bers, and maintains pleasant and accessible reading rooms, which 
are open day and evening, also a gymnasium and bath rooms. 

BANKS. 

Brattleboro has two National Banks and two Savings Banks, 
viz.: The Vermont National, capital, $150,000; The People's 
National, established in 1875 ; The Vermont Savings Bank, and 
The Brattleboro Savings Bank. 

WATER WORKS. 

Bfattleboro's water supply is ample and pure. Besides several 
aqueduct companies which supply in the aggregate a large num- 
ber of families with spring water, a reservoir, of a capacity of 
7,000,000 gallons, fed b}^ various springs located within a radius 
of two miles, is located on Chestnut Hill, The reservoir is two 
hundred feet above the business streets, and gives a sufficient 
head to insure a valuable protection from fire. The building of 
this reservoir is entirely the work of private enterprise, and not of 
taxation. It was put in solely by Mr. George E. Crowell, to 
whose generous public spirit Brattleboro owes so much. 

WATER POWER. 

Brattleboro possesses an immense undeveloped water-power. 
There is a natural fall of nine feet in the Connecticut opposite the 
village, and this, with a dam of twelve feet, would afford a fall of 
twenty feet, and 28,800 horse-power for each working day of ten 
hours. This water power has a storage of seventeen miles. 
There are most eligible sites for the location of mills on the island 
in the river,, or on a long stretch of meadow for several miles 
below the village. 

THE PRESS. 

Brattleboro has long been a famous literar)^ center. Before the 
present concentration of book publishing m a few cities, a great 
deal of it was done in Brattleboro, and the collections of antiqua- 
rians are sure to contain many books bearing a Brattleboro 



202 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

imprint. To-day there are two weekly papers and two monthly 
periodicals published in the village, viz. : 

The Reformer was established in 1876, as a Tilden campaign 
paper, and as a college vacation amusement for its editor. It was 
so successful as to be made a permanent institution. The 
Reformer is one of the leading country weeklies in New England. 
C. H. Davenport & Co. are the publishers. 

The Vej^mont Phcenix is the oldest paper in the place, having 
been established fifty-four years ago. The Phoenix is the leading 
Republican paper of its section. Its publishers are O. L. French 
and D. B. Stedman. 

The Household, established in 1868 as a sixteen-page monthly, 
is "devoted to the interests of the American housewife." It is 
now about double the size as started, and has the honor of being 
the pioneer in its class. For several years it was the only exclu- 
sive domestic publication in the country. It has a circulation of 
75,000 monthly, and is recognized as the leading and most suc- 
cessful publication of its kind in America. The Household is pub- 
lished by George E. Crowell. 

The Woman' s Alagazine is a publication devoted to art, litera- 
ture, biography, home science, and woman's work in industries, 
missions, charities and reforms. It was begun in Louisville, Ky., 
in 1877, under the title of lVoma?i at Work. In 1882 the enter- 
prise was moved to Brattleboro. In December, 1885, the title was 
changed to the present one. The editor is Mrs. E. T. Housh, the 
publisher, Frank E. Housh, who also issues the National W. C. 
T. U. Bulletin, official organ of the press department of the 
National Woman's Christian Temperance Union. 

VERMONT ASYLUM. 

This institution was founded upon a bequest of $10,000 in 1834, 
from Mrs. Anna Marsh, qf Hinsdale, N. H., conditioned upon its 
location in the Connecticut Valley, somewhere in Windham 
County. Appropriations aggregating $23,000 were afterward 
made by the legislature, and the institution was opened December 
12, 1836. The Asylum is a trust corporation, with its manage- 
ment wholly vested in a board of trustees of the most prominent 
citizens of Brattleboro, and its income wholly applied to exten- 
sions and improvements of its property and appliances. The 
State paj'S for the care of its patients. The number of Asylum 
inmates is usually above 450. 



Brattleboro. 



203 



THE BROOKS HOUSE. 

This fine hotel is situated at the corner of Main and High 
Streets, and is within three minutes' walk of the depot, and but 
five hours by rail from Boston, and seven from New York. It is 
provided with all the modern improvements, and no expense has 
been spared in fitting it out so as to make it, in every respect, a 
pattern home for city families. The building, which cost $150,- 
000, is of modern architecture, three stories high, surmounted by 




THE DUliOKS HOUSE. 

a French roof and towers. The length on Main Street is one 
hundred and seventy-five feet, and on High Street one hundred 
and twenty feet, while the depth is sevent}^ feet. The building 
thus forms nearly a right angle, whose total length is almost three 
hundred feet. ' A spacious verandah, ninet}- feet in length, fronts 
the center on Main Street, beneath which is the main entrance of 
twenty feet front and seventy feet depth. The parlors, dining- 
rooms and sleeping apartments are all spacious, handsomely fur- 
nished, and arranged for the complete accommodation of 'guests. 
All of the rooms are in electric communication with the office, are 
heated by steam, and are mostly arranged in suites, parlor and 
bed-room adjoining. The cuisine is of the highest standard, all 
of the delicacies of the season being found upon the tables, and 
.the ser\'ice is prompt and courteous. The proprietors of the 
Brooks House are E. C. Crosby and E. F. Adams. Its manager 
is Mr. George H. Jefts, who has been connected with the house 
for thirteen 3'ears, and both proprietors and manager are deter- 
mined to sustain and enhance the enviable reputation of the 
house. 



204 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

THE ESTEY ORGAN COMPANY. 

The extensive organ business in Brattleboro has made for the 
village a world-wide fame, and the music of its organs probably 
is heard to-day in every civilized country on the earth. It is, 
however, .to the great energy, tact and perseverance of Mr. Jacob 
Estey that Brattleboro owes the credit of the great organ trade 
for which the village is so justly celebrated. In 1846 a small 
melodeon factory was started in Brattleboro, which continued for 
a few years with indifferent success, and finallj^ came into the 
hands of Mr. Estey. When he took the concern it only employed 
a half dozen men or so, but under his management the business 
rapidly increased. In 1857 the growth of the industrj^ demanded 
larger quarters, and a new shop was built, and for nine years the 
business increased until a large four-story building was erected on 
Frost Street. In 1866 Mr. Estey received into partnership, his 
son-in-law. Col. Levi K. Fuller, and his son, Col. Julius J. Estey. 
In October, 1869, a flood swept away a part of their buildings, 
involving slight embarrassment, but not entire cessation of work. 
The firm then bought a tract of sixty acres of land lying west of 
the village on a succession of terraces, and eventually erected 
fourteen large factories, only eight of which, however, face the 
street, and are shown in the engraving presented. These eight 
buildings are each one hundred feet long by from thirty to thirty- 
eight feet wide, and three stories in height. There are also large 
dry houses together with other buildings in which all the wood 
that make the cases and the inner parts of the organs is thor- 
oughly dried, after a long seasoning in the open air, by a process 
patented by Col. Fuller. 

The Estey Organ Co. was incorporated November 26, 1872, the 
officers being, Jacob Estey, President ; Levi K. Fuller, Vice- 
President ; Julius J. Estey, Secretary and Treasurer. 

The first large reed organ made in Brattleboro was finished in 
1853. It had two sets of reeds in the usual position below the 
key-board, and two sets above the keys, in an inverted reed board, 
about three feet above the key-board, and operated by rods reach- 
ing up from the rear end of the keys. An idea of the growth of 
the business since this first organ was made may be gained from 
the fact that the Estey Organ Co. have a capacity of about 1,800 
organs per month, and a steady yearly growth is characteristic of 
the works. Indeed the demand is in excess of the supply, and 
prevents the accumulation of surplus stock. And where do they 



2o6 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

all go ? The great distributing points are at Boston, New York, 
Philadelphia, Chicago, St. Louis and Atlanta, where the branch 
houses are mostly located. Then, too, there are large outlets at 
San Francisco, Cincinnati, Pittsburg, Indianapolis, Louisville, 
Detroit, Denver and a multitude of smaller places, besides the 
army of agents scattered all over the country. A large foreign trade 
is enjoyed through the London branch, as well as in the great 
cities of Europe and Australia. In every civilized countrj' on the 
globe the Estey organ may be found. 

This is in every respect the largest industry in Brattleboro, and 
is without doubt by far the most extensive establishment of its 
kind in the world. 

SMITH & HUNT. 

This concern occupies a large four-story structure in the manu- 
facture of the white work for children's carriages. The business 
was established here in 1881, and gives emplo5^ment to seventy- 
five hands. The warerooms and finishing department are in 
Philadelphia, where about sixty persons are employed. The 
firm, however, find the advantages of Brattleboro such, that they 
contemplate moving the finishing department from Philadelphia 
here, 

E. CROSBY & CO. 

The history of this house covers a period of thirty-eight years, 
having been established in 1850 as Gaines & Crosby. In 1859 
the senior member of the firm died, when the firm changed to E. 
Crosby & Co., under which it has done business since. P'rom 
small beginnings the firm has built up and is now doing a busi- 
ness amounting to about $1,000,000 per year. E. Crosby & Co. 
are wholesale commission dealers in flour and feed and are Eastern 
agents for some of the largest and best flouring mills in the west, 
and sell flour in large lots and ship direct from the mills to their 
various customers throughout New England and New York. 
The firm have large storehouses here, and are in the best possible 
condition to give low prices and insure prompt shipments and sat- 
isfactory quality of goods. The individual members of the firm 
are E. Crosby, E. C. Crosb}^ and L- F. Adams. 



tS)/\N^V and MT"- T/\t§Ol^. 



^HE railroad station for both the above places is eighteen 
'(<'(^\ miles south of Rutland, on the Bennington & Rutland 
Railroad. The locality presents a diversified soil and 
many mountains and elevations. There are also a number 
of trout streams, and in the center of the town of Dan by is a beauti- 
ful little bod)' of water called Danby L,ake. Danby is noted for its 
fine dairy products, and its maple sugar, the shipments of the latter 
being probably the largest of any town in Vermont. This town 
contains one of the oldest marble quarries in the State, which can 
be seen on Dorset Mountain from the train. The mountain scenery 
here is simply sublime, especiallj^ that of Mount Tabor, which 
towers up in all its splendor in the East, and Danby and Dorset 
Mountains also present a magnificent view in the South. There 
is a mineral spring on Mount Tabor, whose waters have for many 
years been noted for their medicinal qualities, and are sought for 
b)'^ those who have tried them. Many of the houses in Danby are 
supplied with pure mountain spring water from a reser\'oir and 
water works system put in through the individual enterprise of 
Mr. S. L. Griffith, who, with Mr. Eugene Mclntyre, is largely 
engaged in lumbering and in charcoal burning, the industries 
conducted by Mr. Griffith alone, and those in which the firm of 
Griffith & Mclntyre are interested, being the most extensive of 
their class in Vermont. 

An average of one hundred and twenty carloads of lumber and 
charcoal are shipped from this station everj^ month, and the visitor 
on debarking from the train becomes at once impressed with the 
magnitude of the industry. Here is a large structure devoted to 
grist mill, box factory, chair stock department, blacksmith shop, 
wheelwright and paint shop. The grist mill grinds about 40,000 
bushels of grain per year, most of which is used to feed the horses 
and stock needed in the work controlled here. The blacksmith 
shop, wagon and paint shop are also accessories of the great busi- 
ness. Here, too, is the handsomely appointed and convenient 
business office, from which private telephone lines run to the differ- 
ent branches of the works ; and here, also, are the long stretches 



2o8 Vermont : Its Resojures and Industries. 

of side track for loading the product, and several charcoal kilns. 
Here, also, are a number of tidy and attractive boarding and tene- 
ment houses. 

The main*part of the business is conducted at the village of 
GriflEith, on Mount Tabor, about four and one-half miles from the 
railroad station. Griffith is a busy settlement consisting of about 
fifty dwelling houses, several large boarding houses, a large store, 
a postoSice, and a mamnfoth steam saw-mill, to which has 
recently been added a clapboard and shingle department. The 
saw-mill is fitted with all the most modern machinery and appli- 
ances for working lumber, and runs night and day, cutting 10,000 
feet of spruce and 6,000 feet of hard- wood in the twenty-four hours. 
The clapboard department and the shingle department are fitted 
with the best of machinery, and cut 6,000 of each product per 
day. The clapboard machinery is from the Lane Manufacturing 
Co., Montpelier, and the shingle machine is from the Chase 
Turbine Manufacturing Co., Orange, Mass. Power for the mill 
is furnished by a 100 horse-power engine, the sawdust and refuse 
furnishing fuel for generating steam. All the refuse of the mill is 
carried to the boiler room by chain link belt-carriers. The prod- 
uct of this mill for 1889 will be about 4,500,000 feet. 

The charcoal kilns, of which there are twenty-seven, are kept 
running the year round, and require 14,000 cords of wood per 
annum. This is evolved into about 600,000 bushels of charcoal, 
the product being constantly sold ahead. The great "Washburn 
& Moen Wire Co. of Worcester, Mass., purchase upwards of 300,- 
000 bushels of charcoal annually, of Mr. Griffith, and ex-Senator 
W. H. Barnum, of Lime Rock, Conn., purchases from 300,000 to 
400,000 bushels which he uses in the manufacture of charcoal pig- 
iron in his different furnaces. The balance of the product goes 
to other furnaces, powder manufacturers, and to hotels in Boston, 

Kighty-five teams are employed in hauling logs to the mill yard 
and in transporting the product to the railroad station. 

The amount of supplies required for the store, the horses and 
oxen, the mill and shops, is about five tons per day. The men are 
boarded at the large boarding-houses, each of which accommodates 
about forty. These houses are all owned by Mr. Griffith. 

Mr. Griffith is the owner, also, of a large tract of land and a 
mill in Peru, where he cuts about 500,000 feet of lumber per year. 
He is the owner of an extensive tract of land on Danby Mountain 
where he is building a large steam mill and will cut 1,000,000 
feet of spruce lumber in 1889. 



Danby and Mount Tabor. 209 

In the aggregate, Mr. Griffith is the sole owner of some 17,000 
acres of woodland, from which he clears about 400 acres of timber 
per 3'ear, His individual business gives employment to about 300 
men. « 

In addition to the foregoing, Mr. Griffith is interested in other 
lumbering firms, the business of which is all transacted through 
the Danby office. 

Griffith & Mclntyre have a tract of 1500 acres of land on what 
is known as the Black Branch, situated about three and one-half 
miles from Danby, and another of equal extent in the town of 
Arlington, with fine steam mills at each place. At the former the 
mill cuts 1,500,000 feet of lumber per year. Here, also, are nine 
charcoal kilns, producing about 225,000 bushels per annum. At 
Arlington the saw-mill cuts 1,500,000 feet of lumber, and both 
jobs employ large numbers of teams. 

The Green Mountain Lumber Co. was formed in 1888, and is 
composed of S. L. Griffith, Eugene Mclntyre, Warren Mclntyre, 
James Mclntyre and E. E.. Staples. The company owns a tract of 
1400 acres on Peru Mountain and has erected a steam mill, the 
yearly output of which will be 2,000,000 feet of lumber. This mill 
is also supplied with clapboard machinery to cut 1,500,000 and 
shingle machinery to cut 500,000. The product of this mill is 
shipped from South Londonderry, on the Brattleboro & White- 
hall Railroad. 

Eumbermen generally hire teams for the greater part of their 
work. Mr. Griffith does not. He owns all the horses and oxen 
used in his business, having about 1 10 horses and 60 oxen. The 
number of horses will be increased to 125 this season. Besides these 
there are about 60 horses and 20 oxen used at the Griffith & Mcln- 
tyre works and by the Green Mountain Lumber Co., being a total of 
260 horses and oxen used in the various industries. All sleds, 
trucks, wagons and harnesses used in the business are made and 
kept in repair in the shops of Mr. Griffith and the companies in 
which he is interested. 

There is now building, at Danby station, a shed 150x30 in 
which to store clapboards and shingles preparatory to shipment. 

The various industries in which Mr. Griffith is interested give 
employment to 500 men, while the aggregate output is over 
10,000,000 feet of lumber, both hard- wood and spruce, 1,500,000 
feet of clapboards and 1,500,000 shingles, 825,000 bushels of char- 
coal ; and the number of acres of timber lands exceed 21,000, 



2IO Vermont: Its Resources and Ind^istries. 

About one-fourtli the product of lumber is bard- wood, the bal- 
ance spruce. Of the hard-wood, the great Walter A. Wood mow- 
ing and Reaping Machine Co., Hoosick Falls, N. Y., purchase 
about 1,000,0.00 feet yearly, the balance being used in the manu- 
facture of bedsteads and chairs. Of the spruce lumber, from 500,- 
000 to 750,000 feet of boards is sold to the New Home Sewing 
Machine Co., Orange, Mass. The balance of the product is cut 
into timber and boxing boards which is worked into shooks for 
knitting mills. 




l^HLLGWa, f ALL' 








) ElvLOWS FALLS is one of the most important manufact- 
uring villages in the State, and is finely situated on the 
falls from which it derives its name, and which, in turn, 
were named in honor of Peter Bellows, one of the original 
proprietors of the town. The Connecticut River rushes through 
a narrow gorge at this place, and has a descent of sixty feet. 
The water-power afforded by the river has been the means of 
establishing large manufacturing establishments here, while Bel- 
lows Falls is also noted for the loveliness of its water vistas and 
landscapes both above and below the falls. 

The village is located on a plain about 172 feet above the bed 
of the river, and is laid out in streets pleasantly shaded by maple 
trees, while in the northern part is a beautiful grove of pine trees, 
a remnant of what was once the grand pine forest that covered the 
locality. Here, a fine view of the Connecticut and the country 
way through to Ascutney Mountain may be obtained. 

On the New Hampshire side of the river Mount Kilburn rises 
precipitously from the water's edge to a height of 830 feet, and 
1,200 feet above the sea. The eminence was named after John 
Kilbum, the first civilized person to live in this vicinity. The 
mountain is also known as Fall Mountain. 

Bellows Falls is distant from Boston, 122 miles; New York^ 
208 miles; Rutland, 54 miles; New Haven, 134 miles; Spring- 
field, Mass., 82 miles; Fitchburg, 64 miles; Brattleboro, 22 
miles. Bellows Falls is a noted railroad center, lines from four 
directions centering here. The Central Vermont runs from Bel- 
lows Falls to Rutland, Burlington, St. Albans and Montreal ; at 
Rutland it connects w'ith the Delaware & Hudson Railroad for 
Saratoga and Lake George. The Cheshire runs east to FitcUburg 
and Boston. The Connecticut River runs south to Springfield, 
Mass., and north to Windsor, Vt., and forms a link in a great 
through route from New York to the White Mountains, to Lake 
Memphremagog, etc. 



212 Vermont: Its Resources and Industries. 

CHURCHES. 

Bellows Falls contains spacious and substantial diurch edifices, 
belonging to the Baptist, Congregational, Episcopal, Methodist, 
Universalist and Catholic societies, 

SCHOOLS. 

The public schools of Bellows Falls are the pride of the village. 
The graded system is in vogue, and each department is in charge 
of efiicient instructors. 

St. Agnes Hall is a boarding and day school for girls, and is 
under the patronage of the Episcopal Church in the Diocese of 
Vermont. It is located on School Street, corner of Cherry, away 
from the business center. It stands well back from the street, 
and has a closely shaven .lawn leading down to the sidewalk. 
Large elms overshadow the premises and the place is very invit- 
ing. The course of instruction is varied and complete, and the 
deportment of its pupils is a subject of favorable comment in the 
community, reflecting great credit upon the management. 

WATER WORKS. 

Bellows Falls has an excellent system of water works. The 
source is Minard's Pond, located one and one-half miles from the 
village, and 220 feet above it. This pond is fed by mountain 
springs. The working pressure of the water works is 130 pounds 
to the square inch. Hydrants for fire purposes are conveniently 
located about the village, and the force is sufficient to throw 
streams over the highest buildings. 

MANUFACTURES. 

The fame of Bellows Falls as a paper manufacturing center is 
world-wide. It ranks second to Holyoke in the United States in 
the amount of its manufactured product. Besides the paper mills, 
here are the extensive works of the Vermont Farm Machine Co., a 
machine shop, and other industries. The water power which 
drives the factories is furnished by the Bellows Falls Canal Co., 
the force being from 6,000 to 8,000 horse power for a run of twenty- 
four hours. The canal and dam were originally built in 1794 for 
the purpose of locking by logs, and the water power was little used 
prior to 1870. In 1869 William A. Russell purchased the almost 
abandoned property, enlarged the canal and made it available for 
manufacturing purposes. 



Bellows Falls. 213 

BANKS. 

Bellows Falls has two monetary institutions, viz.: The 
National Bank of Bellows Falls, one of the oldest financial institu- 
tions of the State. It was chartered in 1831 with a capital of 
$50,000, which was doubled in 1847. In 1866 this bank was 
nationalized. The Bellows Falls Savings Institution was char- 
tered in 1847 ^nd began business the following year. It has over 
$600,000 on deposit. The Centennial Block, in which both banks 
are located, is owned bj^ the two institutions. It was erected in 
1875, at a cost of $25,000. 

THE TOWN HALL. 
This fine building was erected in 1886 at a cost of $50,000. It 
is of brick with trimmings of freestone and terra cotta, is 71x140 
feet on the ground, and a tower 140 feet in height. On the 
ground floor are the postoffice, public library, two stores, a ban- 
quet and voting hall and town offices. On the second floor is a 
large opera hall and six public offices. The third floor has a small 
hall. The opera hall has a floor that can be inclined or made level 
at will. 

THE PAPER MAKING INDUSTRY. 
Bellows Falls was among the first places where the experiment 
of producing wood pulp for the manufacture of printing paper was 
attempted in this country. It was for this purpose that the power 
was purchased and developed by Mr. Russell at this place. The 
first mill was built here in 1869-70 for the manufacture of pulp 
only, the purpose being to dispose of the product to other estab- 
lished mills as a fibre for paper, but the prejudice existing both 
among paper makers and the consumers of paper was such that 
this experiment failed. But Mr. Russell was so confident that it 
was to be the coming fibre for paper, and that the prejudice in its 
use would be overcome, commenced at once to erect paper mills to 
work out the problem. And at this juncture it was finally found 
that wood pulp paper met the very want demanded for the suc- 
cessful use of the fast web printing presses, about this time com- 
ing into use. From a small beginning less than a score of years 
ago the wood pulp paper business has become to be a large inter- 
est. The daily product of paper in the mills at this place is sev- 
enty-five tons, of pulp twenty-five tons. Some fifteen kinds and 
grades of paper are included in this product. The manufacture of 
manilla, tissue and other kinds of paper at Bellows Falls began 



214 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

soon after the establishment here of the Bellows Falls Paper Co. 
The Bellows Canal Company sold land for building purposes and 
leased their water power to various parties from time to time until 
now a half dozen different paper manufacturers own and operate 
mills in the vicinity of the original paper mill built by Mr. Rus- 
sell in 187 1. The manufacture of tissue and manilla papers 
began here more than a dozen years ago, and the annual produc- 
tion has steadily increased. Toilet paper was first made about a 
quarter of a century ago on the Connecticut River. One of 
the first points at which it was manufactured was Putney, 
Vt., a few miles below Bellows Falls. The pioneers in this 
branch of the trade were Messrs. Robertson and Moore, who 
began its manufacture at Bellows Falls some fourteen years 
ago: The trade has grown to enormous proportions, the dif- 
ferent brands being numbered by the hundred. Large 
quantities are exported to Europe, and the trade through- 
out the United States is largely supplied by the Bellows Falls 
mills. The famous perforated paper is made here, also the sheets 
in packages. Much of this paper is put up in narrow rolls. The 
raw material entering into its manufacture is jute butts, manilla 
rope, and, in some grades, wood pulp. Tissue, medium weight, 
light weight and heavy weight manillas and wood manilla paper 
is also extensively made here. Also card middles, envelope, 
writing and copying manillas. Bu^terick is supplied with pattern 
paper, the Western Union Telegraph Company with copying 
paper, and the reading public of the United States with news 
paper on which is printed the great city dailies. Wood pulp is 
used mostly in the manufacture of news paper, and the product is 
nearly all used by local paper makers, although a considerable 
quantity is shipped to other points. The wood from which the 
pulp is made comes largely from the Upper Connecticut and is 
mostly spruce. Several million feet of logs are used annually, 
and after being taken out of the river they are sawed up into 
blocks for the grinding machines. A large amount of capital is 
invested in the paper business and some 650 hands are furnished 
employment in the score of brick mills at this great paper center 
on the Connecticut River. The firms who manufacture paper at 
Bellows Falls have combined paper interests here and elsewhere, 
giving employment to about 1400 hands and producing one hun- 
dred and twenty-five tons of paper and one hundred and sixteen 
tons of pulp per day. 




TOWN HALL. 
George G. Adaiis, Architect, Lawrence, Mass. 



2i6 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

FAI.L MOUNTAIN PAPER COMPANY. 

The manufacture of pulp and news paper, together with some 
grades of manilla paper, is carried on by the Fall Mountain Paper 
Company— Hon. William A. Russell, President ; A. N. Burbank, 
Treasurer — the daily product being about fifty tons. The mills 
are substantially built of brick, covering an area of four acres, 
with the most approved machinery throughout. This company 
also produces twenty-five tons of wood pulp daily. The news 
paper product goes principally to the leading metropolitan dailies. 
The Fall Mountain Company have two Edison dynamos in their 
mills for electric lighting purposes. The dynamos have a capac- 
ity of 600 lamps of the incandescent style, and of ten candle power 
each. Power is supplied by the Connecticut River. The various 
mills, factories and stores in the village are furnished the electric 
light by the company. Mr. Russell's interests in Bellows Falls, 
and at Franklin, N. H., Lawrence, Mass., and in Maine, are the 
largest under one control of any in this or any other country. 

JOHN T. MOORE & SON. 

Mr. John T. Moore was one of the first paper makers to lease 
the power of the new Canal Company after Mr. Russell built his 
mills. Mr. Moore has recently increased the capacity of his mill 
one-third. He makes a specialty of toilet paper, and produces 
over 2,000 pounds per day, the raw material being wholly jute 
butts and manilla rope. The Moore mill makes ten standard 
brands, including "Pacific," "Washington," "Riverside," 
"New Castle," "Excelsior," "Boston Mills" and "New Hamp- 
shire. ' ' Mr. Moore also supplies a score of large firms with toilet 
paper put up in special wrappers. He is one of the largest 
makers of toilet paper in the United States, and ships much of his 
paper to England and Germany, and also supplies the South 
American trade. Mr. Moore established himself in Bellows Falls 
in 1872. He was previously superintendent in a mill at Putney, 
Vt. 

WIIvLARD RUSSElvIv & CO. 

The establishment known as Willard Russell & Co. is now 
owned by Mr. George K. Russell. The mills have been in opera- 
tion here since 1873, the business having been conducted at 
Exeter, N. H., for some fifteen years previous to that time. The 
product of the mill is wood manilla, heavy card board, tag board, 



Belloivs Falls. 217 

cheap envelope and blank book paper. The production is about 
5,000 pounds of paper daily. The mill is finely equipped with 
improved machinery, and has recently been increased in capacity. 
Mr. Russell makes his own pulp. The trade of the mill is in all 
sections of the countr>% 

JOHN ROBERTSON & SON. 

Mr. John Robertson was one of the pioneer manufacturers of 
tissue manilla paper, having begun its manufacture in Putne)', 
Vt., in 1854. Mr. Robertson, with others, built a mill in Bellows 
Falls in 1872, and continued its operation until 1881, when the 
present firm was organized, the junior member of the firm being 
Charles E. Robertson. A new mill was built for the firm for the 
manufacture of grocers' bag, tissue, manilla and toilet papers. 
The daily product is about 4,000 pounds, the market for which is 
in New York and the West. The toilet paper is made into rolls 
and packages, and much of it is exported. Three buildings are 
occupied by the firm, and two mill powers, aggregating 130 horse- 
power, furnish driving facilties. 

WYMAN FLINT & SONS. 

The firm of W^^nan Flint & Sons make manilla paper. Flint 
& Sons are the successors of Flint & Fisher, who began paper 
making in Bellows- Falls in 1881, Flint & Fisher having suc- 
ceeded to a concern started in 1872. The capacity of Wyman 
Flint & Sons' mill is about six tons daily. The mill is provided 
with one 72-inch and one 62-inch Harper Fourdrinier machines ; 
four 600-pound, one 1,200-pound, one 800-pound, one 400-pohnd 
and one Jordan engine. 

MOORE, ARMS & THOMPSON. 

The above firm consists of Albert C. Moore, who began the 
manufacture of tissue and manilla paper at Bartonville, Vt., in 
1 86 1, of Edward Arms, who began with Mr. Moore, operating a 
mill in 1875, and of H. W. Thompson, who was admitted to the 
firm in 1882. The present iliill was built in 1880, and is a model 
one in construction, in arrangement and in equipment. The 
papers made at this mill are medium and heavy weights manilla 
copying, envelope, writing and tissue manilla. The daily prod- 
uct is equivalent to ten tons of medium manilla. There are ten 
1,000-pound engines, one 72-inch cylinder machine and one 84- 



2l8 



Vermont : Its Resowces and Industries. 



incli Fourdrinier machine. The firm dispose of their copying 
paper to the Western Union Telegraph Company. The per- 
forated toilet paper that is seen so much at hotels is made here. 
The firm have a patented device for holding this paper. 

OSGOOD & BARKER— MACHINISTS. - 

This establishment does a general business as machinists and 
founders, and makes a specialty of paper and wood pulp machinery. 
The establishment has attained fame in all sections of our 
own country, and foreign countries have paid tribute by ordering 
machinery made here. The works have been in operation 
about eighteen years, and are complete in every department. All 
the tools and appliances are of the most approved and modern 
patterns, and each department of the manufactory is under the 
watchful eye of competent supervision. 

VERMONT FARM MACHINE CO. 

This is one of the best known manufacturing establishments in 
the State. The company and its predecessors has been in opera- 
tion since 1865. Every State in the Union and many foreign 
countries pay tribute to the ingenuity and progressive ideas of the 
Vermont Farm Machine Co. in orders for the improved imple- 
ments manufactured, and which have revolutionized the dairy 
business of the country. During 1888 the company ran its works 




VERMONT FARM MACHINE CO.'S WORKS. 



, Bellows Falls. 219 

night and day, and yet was unable to keep up with its orders. 
Increased facilities were absolutely necessary, and to furnish 
these, the Bellows Falls Building Association erected a large 
building, illustrated in connection with this sketch, into which 
the company has just moved. The main floor is 355 feet long 
and 60 feet wide. The second and third stories are 242x60 feet 
and the basement is 58x60 feet. The building is situated on a 
convenient lot, with room for numerous lumber sheds and similar 
conveniences. 

The Vermont Farm Machine Co. manufacture the Cooley 
Creamer, famous everywhere, and of which over 65,000 are in 
daily use, the Davis Swing Churn, Eureka Butter Worker, 
Improved Philadelphia Butter Worker, Nesbitt's Butter Presses, 
Dog Powers, Evaporators for making sugar, syrup and apple 
jelly, the Pneumatic P'ruit Drj^er and various other articles. The 
Company issues descriptive and illustrated catalogues of their 
products which will be sent free on application. 



* 



l^/\N(li)OLfl^. 



\lp^ANDOLPH lies in the valleys of two large streams flowing 
v^/ south into White River, and on the broad-backed ridge 
t^\^ between them. In the easterly valley are South, East 
^ and North Randolph, each having a post-ofl&ce. In the 
westerly valley is West Randolph, the largest village in the town, 
where is the Randolph station, on the Central Vermont Railroad. 
At the center of the town, more than one thousand feet above 
the level of the ocean, four miles from the railroad station, two 
and three-fourths hours' distant from Burlington, and seven hours 
from Boston, is Randolph, a small village, containing the town 
hall, town clerk's and town treasurer's offices, a store, post, ex- 
press and telephone offices, several shops, a hotel, three churches 
and a State Normal School. This village is in the midst of a 
verj^ fertile and very beautiful country, with excellent roads in all 
directions. The view is extensive, from Ascutney Mountain, in 
the southeast, and Killington and Pico, in the southwest, along 
the Green Mountain range to Camel's Hump, in the northwest, 
while the eastern view extends to the mountains of New Hamp- 
shire. 

STATE NORMAI. SCHOOL. 

The Orange County Grammar School, begun in Randolph in 
1804 or 1805 and chartered in 1806, was well sustained for more 
than sixty years, when, February 26, 1867, in accordance with an 
act of the legislature, it became a State Normal School. It has 
attained a high rank among schools of this class and has sent out 
nearly eight hundred graduates. Many of these are teaching, and 
in schools of every grade, from the primary school to the college ; 
others are employed in school superintendence, and still others 
are found in the various professions and in business. 

The Randolph Normal School teaches the science and illus- 
trates the art of teaching. The instructors are experienced and 
skillful, and the students mature and scholarly. The facilities of 
the school are good, and the prices low. Two courses of study 
are pursued, a first course and a second course. All students are 
in one or the other. Students in the second course are graduates 
from the first course. Four lines of study are offered for each 
term of a course. Students who are able to do so take all the four 



Randolph. 221 

lines ; those who cannot do so much take less ; but earlier studies 
are not omitted for later studies. The first course contains the 
branches only which common school teachers may be required 
to teach, and a few necessary auxiliary subjects, together with 
methods of teaching and the elements of psychology, as a basis 
for a scientific comprehension of methods. Additions may be 
made in the second course. The work of the school is set forth in 
a circular issued by the principal, as follows : 

' ' Our work in the common studies is to secure a knowledge of 
the subjects in their relations of whole and parts, and of their 
uses as instruments of instruction. To this end the elements of 
geometry and algebra are placed before the concluding studies in 
arithmetic ; and botany, physiology and physical geography pre- 
cede the final studies in geograph}'. The study of empirical ped- 
agogy' is begun in the first weeks of the course. In this begin- 
ning the student is led to reflect on his own experience as pupil 
and teacher, to consider some general methods of school manage- 
ment and teaching, and to become interested in observing the 
methods adopted for his own instruction, and in educational peri- 
odicals and books. The work so begun is carried forward by a 
study of educational syi>tenis, by teaching exercises, and by 
weekly readings and essays in literary clubs. A foundation for 
scientific pedagogj' is laid in the study of psj-chology during the 
first half of the second year, followed by its application to princi- 
ples and methods, together with practice in teaching, both in 
ordinary class work, and with classes of children from the public 
school." 

The first course covers two j-ears of two terms each. D term — 
Geometry, Scliool Discipline, English, Botany, Physiology. C 
term — Algebra, Drawing, English, Education, History of United 
States. B term — Arithmetic, Psychology, English, Geography. 
A term — Arithmetic, Pedagogics, Civics, English. Free gym- 
nastics for all. Vocal music without extra charge. 

The second course comprises one and one-half years. First 
term — ^Junior Class. Algebra, Geometry, Rhetoric, Thomson's 
Seasons. Second term — Middle Class. Algebra, Geometry-, 
Physics, Outlines of the World's History. Third term — Senior 
Class. History' of Education, Bacon's Essays or Milton's Para- 
dise Lost, English Literature, Astronomy, Moral Philosophy. 

All communicatioms should be addressed, Edward Conant, 
Principal, Randolph, Vermont. 



lB/\l^t^£. 




jARRE is one of the most flourishing towns in the State, 
and has been built up entirely through the development 
?^ ))J of the great mountains of fine granite within the limits of 
the town. Barre was incorporated as a village in 1886, 
and has a population of over 4,500 inhabitants, one-third of 
whom are males. The village is attractively set among hills, is 
well-built, and rapidly growing. Stevens Branch, a tributary to 
the Winooski River, flows through Barre, and furnishes power 
for several manufactories. 

Barre is distant from Montpelier, six miles, and is reached by 
Central Vermont Railroad, also by the- Barre extension of the 
Montpelier & Wells River Railroad. The Central Vermont road 
runs on from Barre to Williamstown, and is expected to be 
extended to Royalton, there connecting with the central division 
of this great system. The Barre Railroad, built by the granite 
firms and the Montpelier & Wells River Railroad Co., runs from 
the village to the quarries, four and one-half miles distant. This 
road, however, is eight miles long, the quarries being at such an 
elevation above the village, that the railroad must traverse nearly 
double the air-line distance in making the ascent. 

WATER WORKS, Etc. 

Barre has an admirable system of water works. The supply is 
taken from Jail Branch, a mountain stream. About three and 
one-half miles from the village this stream is dammed to form a 
large reservoir. The reservoir is about four hundred feet above 
the village, and the pressure is sufiicient to throw several streams 
from the fire hydrants over the highest buildings in the village. 

Barre is lighted with electric light, a sewerage system has 
been voted, and other improvements are being agitated. 

CHURCHES. 

Barre contains four churches, viz. : Congregational, Methodist, 
Universalist and Roman Catholic. The latter society has recently 
completed a handsome brick church edifice, costing $10,000. 



Bar re. 223 

SCHOOLS. 

The graded school system is in vogue in Barre, and the various 
departments are in charge of thorough and competent instructors. 

Goddard Seminary, located here, is managed by the Vermont 
State Convention of Universalists. 

TOWN HALL. 

The Town Hall is a substantial structure, and occupies a com- 
manding position, overlooking a triangular Park. The building 
is 100x65 feet in dimensions, is of brick with granite trimmings, 
and cost about $30,000. On the ground floor are the post-office 
and three stores. The upper portion presents a fine hall, equipped 
with a good stock scienery and theatrical accessories. 

NATIONAL BANK OF BARRE. 

The National Bank of Barre stands in the front rank of financial 
institutions in the Green Mountain State, and is the only National 
Bank in Barre. It began business July i, 1873, and its interests 
have been allied to the progress and prosperity of the community, 
its policy being such as to promote the general welfare of the vil- 
lage. Its officers are : L. F. Howland, President ; B. W. Braley, 
Vice-President; F. G. Aldrich, Cashier; F. F. Cave, Teller. 
The director}- is : L. F. Aldrich, B. W. Braley, J. M. Perry, 
Chas. Templeton, John Lynde. The National Bank of Barre has 
a capital of $100,000. At this writing the loans and discounts of 
the institution are $215,000 ; its deposits, $150,000 ; and its sur- 
plus and undivided profits, $31,500. The business of the National 
Bank of Barre covers a wide range of territory, and its depositors 
are from all towns surrounding this village, while many live at 
remote distances. The bank buys and sells government bonds, 
and sells New England state, county and town bonds, and West- 
ern state, territory and school bonds. This institution pays inter- 
est on certificates of deposit at the rate of three per cent, per 
annum for periods of less than six months ; and four per cent, 
interest on deposits remaining six months or longer. Interest 
deposits draw interest from the date of deposit, and no notice is 
required in the event of withdrawal. This Bank has a guarantee 
fund of $200,000. Since its organization the National Bank of 
Barre has paid to its stockholders $170,000. 



224 Vermont : Its Resources a7id Industries. 

GRANITE SAVINGS BANK AND TRUST CO. 

This bank began business April 13, 1885. It has. a capital of 
$50,000, and conducts a commercial business in connection with 
its savings bank department. The officers of the institution are 
as follows : John Trow, President ; H. O. Worthen, Vice-Presi- 
dent ; Clinton N. Field, Treasurer. Directors, John Trow, H, 
O. Worthen. A. D. Morse, C. L. Currier, W. E. Whitcomb, A. 
E. Field. At this writing the Granite Savings Bank and Trust 
Co. has $320,000 on deposit. This bank pays interest on deposits 
at the rate of three per cent, per annum ; and on deposits remain- 
ing six months or longer, interest at the rate of four per cent, per 
annum, credited semi-annually, is allowed. It receives business 
accounts subject to check, and makes collections throughout all 
parts of the United States and Canada ; furnishes Boston, New 
York and Chicago exchange ; buys and sells United States Bonds, 
and Bonds of any of the states, counties or towns in New Eng- 
land ; also furnishes drafts on Ireland, Scotland, England and 
other European countries. 

The Granite Savings Bank and Trust Co. is the owner of a 
very fine granite block, three stories high. The ground floor is 
occupied by the bank and a store. The interior of the bank is 
handsomely finished with oak wainscoting and counters, the tops 
of the latter being polished Swanton marble. The floor is tiled 
with Swanton marble, unpolished. The walls and ceiling are 
handsomely frescoed. The vault is remarkably strong, being 
built of solid granite. 

THE GRANITE INDUSTRY. 

The visitor to Barre is immediately impressed with the magni- 
tude of the granite industry. On ever>' side are the great estab- 
lishments for cutting, polishing, etc. The deposit is four and 
one-half miles distant from the depot and extends a distance of 
three miles by half-a-mile wide. It is in sheets or layers and 
varies in thickness, thus permitting the quarrying of blocks of 
any desired size. Barre granite is generally recognized as the 
finest in the world. Its component parts are distinctly granular 
and evenly mixed throughout ; and it contains less mica than 
other granites. It is remarkably clear and even in texture, is 
susceptible of the very highest polish, is perfectly uniform in 
color, and the contrast between the polished and hammered sur- 
faces is great, thereby rendering the product very beautiful as 



Barre. 225 

well as valuable. The growth of the industry is marvelous. Ten 
years ago less than a score of men were engaged in cutting granite 
here. To-aay there are over 1,200. There are thirt)^-five granite 
firms in Barre — large and small — nearly all of which made addi- 
tions to their finishing sheds last year. The shipments of blocks 
and finished work from Barre station in 18S8 were nearly thirty 
per cent, greater than in 1887. The figures in tons for the two 
years are: In 1887, 16,460 tons; 1888, 21,117 tons; balance in 
favor of 1888, 4,657 tons. The business of finishing Barre granite 
is also extensively carried on in Montpelier. 

JONES BROTHERS. 

The firm of Jones Brothers take a front position among the 
granite firms of Barre. The firm have been for many years the 
largest dealers in monumental work in Boston, their location 
being on Kilby Street. They were likewise extensive dealers in 
Barre granite, and often had large numbers of stone cutters in 
Barre working on their orders. In August, 1886, Jones Bros, 
succeeded to the business of Mackie & Simpson and increased the 
facilities and working force at once. The firm employ about sev- 
enty-five stone cutters and about thirty quarry men, besides a 
number of teamsters. Jones Bros, quarries are eight acres in 
extent and the firm deals in both finished and rough stone. Their 
shops are on the bank of the river, spun tracks running thereto. 
Increased facilities for cutting are demanded and the firm have 
new shops in preparation, which will allow them to double their 
force of stone cutters. Jones Bros, manufacture every class of 
cemetery and architectural work, and they are in the possession 
of unexcelled facilities for the rapid and economical execution of 
all orders. The firm are engaged at this writing on some very 
fine pieces, among which are the following : Confederate Monu- 
ment, thirty-five feet high, surmounted by a colossal figure of a 
Confederate soldier, with arms at rest. The base is fifteen feet 
square, above which are five other bases, the upper one being 
richly carv^ed, and bearing the inscription, "Confederate Memo- 
rial." The die, three feet one inch high and four feet seven 
inches square, will present five hundred and fifty raised letters. 
The die is surmounted b}- a finely carved cap supporting a plinth 
with the monogram " C. S. A. " engraved upon it. Above the 
plinth towers a sex^enteen foot shaft, three feet one inch square, 
with a Confederate flag wound about it, two bands of elaborate 
carving above and below the flag. A carved cap to bear the figure 



226 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

of the soldier rests at the top of the shaft. Another monument 
now building has a base eleven feet six inches square ^d will be 
fifty feet high. In its construction there will be a column twenty- 
four feet high and three feet in diameter at the base. The crown- 
ing piece is an urn six feet high. Throughout the work elaborate 
carving is introduced. Another heavy piece is a monument nine 
feet four inches square at the base, with a shaft twenty-five feet 
high, two feet nine inches square at the base. The plinth, die 
and bases are in proportion, and all are finely carved. A piece of 
similar style has a thirty-three foot shaft, three feet three inches 
square at the base, while the base of the monument is -ten feet 
square. 

WEIvIvS, LAMSON & CO. 

This well-known firm, which is particularly well qualified to 
make contracts for the construction of any class of monumental 
work, and furnish original designs on short notice, was estab- 
lished in March, 1880, by Smith & Wells, the organization of the 
present firm dating January, 1882. The members of the firm are : 
S. O. Wells, George Lamson, J. K. Pirie. The location of the 
firm's shops is near the depot. Two quarries are operated by 
Wells, I;amson & Co., one embracing fifteen and one-half acres 
of dark granite, and the other nine and one-half acres, medium in 
color. Sixty men are employed by the firm. The leading busi- 
ness of Wells, Lamson & Co. is in dark granite, which is very 
popular, for the reason that the contrast between the polished and 
the hammered surfaces is very great, enabling inscriptions to be 
distinguished at considerable distances. Every class of monu- 
mental work is executed by this firm, but the leading specialty is 
heavy work, for which their stone is perfectly adapted, and in 
much favor. Among the specimens of Wells, Lamson & Co.'s 
work are the following : 

Soldiers' Monument at Kokomo, Indiana, fifty-two feet high, 
and ten by fourteen feet on the ground. There are four bases and 
two dies with a carved cap six feet square, above which is a shaft 
twenty-two feet high, surmounted by a carved capital, and 
crowned by a collosal figure of a soldier. 

The monument erected by the Millers' Association of Minne- 
apolis to the memory of eighteen persons killed by a mysterious 
explosion in a flouring mill in that city. This monument is 
thirty-eight feet high, and bears carvings emblematical of the 
work of the miller. When this monument was erected, the 



Barre. 227 

Millers' Association passed resolutions complimentary to the work 
of Wells, Lamson & Co. 

An expensive monument to Blue Jean Williams, the famous 
and eccentric Indianian. 

Soldiers' Monument, at Wellsboro, Pennsylvania. This is of 
the popular cottage style, twenty-five feet high, crowned by the 
granite figure of a soldier, car^'ed at the firm's shops. 

The firm has just completed a soldiers' monument for Salem, 
Mass. It is in rock-face, with polished panels, and is sur- 
mounted by a granite figure of a soldier. This figure was cut 
in the firm's shops in Barre, and is generally conceded to be the 
finest granite statue in Massachusetts. The total height of the 
monument is twenty feet. The soldier is six feet high. 

The handsome soldiers' monument at Binghamton, N. Y., 
which was dedicated July 4th, 18S8, was manufactured by Wells, 
Lamson & Co., excepting the figures. This monument is com- 
posed of a base fifteen feet front by eleven feet wide and two. feet 
high, with a sub-base and plinth of corresponding proportions. 
Above this is a die eight feet long, six feet wide and three feet ten 
inches high, surmounted by a massive cap with carved corbells at 
either end which support bronze statues representing a soldier and 
a sailor. Standing on the center of this coping is a stately obelisk 
four feet square at the base and twenty- two feet high, with two 
projecting belts inscribed with battle names. Crowning the shaft 
is a beautifully carved corinthian cap of about five tons weight, 
surmounted by a granite statue representing the Goddess of Lib- 
erty holding a sabre in one hand and a shield and laurel wreath 
in the other. This statue is eight feet in height and is a model of 
beauty. The entire monument, from base to crowning point, 
measures fifty feet, and comprises 1500 cubic feet of granite, 
weighing over one hundred tons. On the plinth beneath the die 
is the following inscription : '''This Monument is the tribute of 
Broome County to her brave sons who served in defense of the 
Union. ' ' 

MARR & GORDON. 

The visitor to Barre is sure to be attracted by the shops of Marr 
& Gordon, which he passes just before reaching the depot. Two 
lines of sheds stand with gables to the railroad, about forty feet 
apart. Between these sheds is a novelty in the way of a hoisting 
machine, made in Aberdeen, Scotland. A track runs above each 
building, and spanning the space between is a bridge-like struct- 



228 Vermont: Its Resources and Industries. 

ure that can be moved along the tracks. Upon the bridge is the 
hoisting machinery, movable, also, so that blocks of granite can 
be carried from one shed across the court to the other, or from one 
end of the yard to the other. The apparatus extends over the 
railroad track and by it cars are loaded quickly and easily. The 
apparatus is capable of lifting and carrying twelve tons. Marr & 
Gordon have been in business in Barre about six years. The 
individual members of the firm are Charles Marr and Alex. Gor- 
don, both sturdy Scotchmen, who are practical stone-cutters, 
sculptors and designers. The firm manufacture for the trade 
exclusively. At their shops Marr & Gordon give employment to 
sixty men. The firm own a quarry five acres in extent where 
they employ fifteen men. Marr & Gordon turn out all classes of 
granite monumental and architectural work, and do a large busi- 
ness in stone in the rough. This concern is in a highly prosper- 
ous condition and is rapidly extending its business. Marr & Gor- 
don did the granite work for the handsome gate-way at the 
entrance to Glenwood Cemetery, Lockport, N. Y. This gate-way 
is a gift to the city by Mr. John Hodge, proprietor of " Merchant's 
Gargling Oil," and attracts much attention. 

VERMONT GRANITE CO. 

This company's works are located opposite the railroad depot, 
and the plant has an area of four acres. The Vermont Granite 
Co. was organized April i, 1S87, succeeding the well-known firm 
of White Brothers, which began business m March, 1882. The 
company has a capital of $60,000, and its oflEicers are : S. C. 
White, President ; A. E. Bruce, Vice-President ; H. K. Bush, 
Secretat-y. The directory consists of S. C. White, George F. 
White, H. K. Bush, A. E. Bruce and William Bruce. The 
Messrs. White, named in the directory, were the original proprie- 
tors of the industry, and both are practical sculptors and stone 
cutters of over forty years' experience. 

The Vermont Granite Co. own 1 10 acres of quarry property, in 
different parcels, and their wide range covers every variety of 
granite found in' Barre. The company give employment to over 
100 hands in the various departments of the industry — stone cut- 
ting, quarrying, polishing, hauling, etc. Every facilit}^ here 
exists for the rapid and economical conduct of the business, and 
the company is able to dress granite at the least possible expense, 
f he leading business of the company is in furnishing granite 



230 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

monuments at wholesale, and in dealing in rough granite, shipped 
in blocks. The company also sell granite quarries. 

The Vermont Granite Co. execute work in the highest style of 
the stone carver's art, and many monuments are to be seen in 
various parts of the country that bear testimony to the rare skill 
of this concern. Among these monuments are the following : 
The Ridgely Monument in Harlem Park, Baltimore ; the Sol- 
diers' Monument at Brandon, Vt. ; the monument to Senator 
James M. Marvin, Saratoga, N. Y.; the monument to Judge 
Houston, at Athens, Alabama ; John C. Calhoun's monument, 
and the Col. Ellsworth monumen^ at Mechanicville, N. Y. 

STAFFORD & HOLDEN MANUFACTURING CO. 

This industry dates its history tb 1861. In 1864 it became 
Stafford, Holden & Co. In 1876 the concern was incorporated 
under its present title, with a capital of $41x000. The company 
give employment to sixty hands, and their works are fully 
equipped with every modern facility and appliance for the work 
in hand. The machinery is driven by water power with steam as 
auxilliary. The works are in a substantial brick building, 200 
feet in length, with several accessory buildings of wood. The 
company manufacture annually 24,000 dozens forks, rakes and 
potato hooks, which find a market in all the civilized countries 
on the globe, large shipments being made to Europe and South 
America. The company is in possession of a prosperous busi- 
ness, and its product is held in great favor by the trade. 

SMITH, WHITCOMB & COOK. 

This firm are proprietors of the Barre Iron Works and operate 
in connection therewith a merchant and custom grist mill and a 
saw mill. In their grist mill Smith, Whitcomb & Cook grind 
and retail one hundred cars of corn per ye^r. The Barre Iron 
Works were established in 1833, and for eighteen years they have 
been under the management of the present firm, the individual 
members of which are J. M. Smith, W. E. Whitcomb and B. B. 
Cook. This firm do a general business as machinists and iron 
founders. Their list of patterns is extensive and the firm has 
superior facilities for turning out iron work of every description. 
They manufacture blank gears, spur gears, all sizes, with (iron) 
or for wood teeth, shafting, hangers and pulleys, etc. Special 
attention is givento millwright work of all descriptions, and the 
firm supply Eureka smut and separating machines, French burr 



Barre. 231 

mill stones, belting, etc. A leading feature of this firm's business 
is the manufacture of quarrj^ machinery, stone polishing machin- 
ery, hoisting machines, derricks, etc. The stone polishing machine 
built by this firm is constructed upon new principles, and prac- 
tical stone workers, who are familiar with its features, recognize it 
to be the best stone polishing apparatus in the market. Its salient 
feature is in the fact that it will polish a greater amount of stone, 
with less labor, than any other machine made. Smith, Whit- 
comb & Cook also manufacture the Improved North American 
plow, and the Improved Barre Turbine Water Wheel. 



i)T. dOHNi)^Ut^V. 



^'AINT JOHNSBURY is a village made famous in all parts of 
the civilized world as the location of the Fairbanks Scale 
Works, and its fame is also far-reaching as a model New 
England town. It is the shire-town of Caledonia County, 
and contains a population of about 6,000 inhabitants. It is 
also the business centre of Eastern Vermont. 

The village of St. Johnsbury is charmingly located in the Pas- 
sumpsic River Valley, and the landscape is diversified by numer- 
ous mound-like hills and knolls, plateaus and winding water- 
courses. Nature made it beautiful at first, and architecture and 
hcfrticulture have added to the attractions of the place. It is a 
village of handsome residences and pleasant homes, and the hand 
of culture is everywhere seen. Nearly every house is owned by 
its occupant ; and prosperity and happiness reigns in the commun- 
ity. 

St. Johnsbury is admirably situated at the confluence of the 
Passumpsic and Moose Rivers, both of which streams furnish 
good water power for mills and factories. The vast lumber 
regions of lyamoille and Essex Counties are tributary by rail to 
St. Johnsbury, and the valuable granite quarries of Northeastern 
Vermont supply block granite to St. Johnsbury manufacturers. 

Railroads lead in four directions from St. Johnsbury : the Pas- 
sumpsic Railroad, north and south, and the Boston & Lowell, 
east and west. The Vermont division of the latter road runs 
from St. Johnsbury west, across Northern Vermont, to Lake 
Champlain. St. Johnsbury is on the great through line from 
Boston to Newport (Lake Memphremagog), Montreal and Quebec. 
The Boston & Lowell, in connection with the Passumpsic, runs 
day and night passenger trains between these points. The Pas- 
sumpsic Railroad runs between Sherbroke, Canada, and White 
River Junction. At Wells River the Passumpsic connects with 
the Montpelier & Wells River Railroad, and thence with the Cen- 
tral Vermont system. 

In approaching St. Johnsbury from the south, the visitor has 
no hint of the handsome village he is approaching until he is 



SL Johnsbury . 233 

landed at the spacious passenger depot under the hill — nor indeed, 
then and there ; the village proper is on the Plain above. Sev- 
eral manufactories are clustered about the depot, and Railroad 
Street — a pretentious avenue — is close by ; but one must ascend 
Eastern avenue if he would view the beauties of the place. 
Arrived at the "Plain," to which Eastern Avenue leads, yo\x are 
in the vicinity of St. Johnsbury 's handsome public buildings, and 
on Main Street. Fronting you is the Athenaeum ; turn to the 
right and you pass the best business buildings in the village ; to 
the left is the County Court House, and beyond is St. Johns- 
bury Academy. 

St. Johnsbury is indebted to the Fairbanks family for its impor- 
tance, the two names being linked together in the history of the 
village. More than half a century ago the Fairbanks brothers — 
Erastus, Vermont's first war governor, Sir Thaddeus, the inventor, 
and Joseph P., started the wheel of industry in a primitive scale 
works in the Passumpsic River Valley and brought honor and 
wealth to the family and prosperity to the town. It is to the 
munificence of these gentlemen and their descendants that St. 
Johnsbury is indebted for its leading public institutions. 

SCHOOES. 

The educational advantages offered by St. Johnsbury are excel- 
lent, and everj^ effort is put forth by the people to enhance them. 
The Union School buildings are handsome, commodious struc- 
tures, built of brick ; are well ventilated and convenient, while 
the course of instruction is thorough. 

On Charles Street is the Convent of the congregation of Notre 
Dame. It is under the management of a sister superior, two 
sisters and several lady teachers. 

The St, Johnsbury Academy ranks as one of the best institu- 
tions of its kind in the country, and is referred to in a separate 
sketch. 

CHURCHES. 

St. Johnsbur>^ supports ten churches, as follows : North Church 
(Congregational), South Church (Congregational), Free Baptist, 
St. Andrew's Episcopal, Presbyterian, Church of the Messiah 
(Universalist), Methodist, Advent, Baptist and Roman Catholic. 
The North Church edifice is the finest in the State. It is built of 
Isle La Motte marble and the interior is finished in native cherr3\ 
It is an imposing and beautiful structure, and cost $100,000. 



234 



Vermont : Its Resources and hidustries. 
BANKS. 



St. Johnsbury has two National Banks and two Savings Banks. 
The combined capital of the National Banks is $900,000. The 
banks are, First National, Merchants National, Passumpsic Sav- 
ings, and Citizen's Savings Bank and Trust Co. 




NORTH CHURCH. 



Sf. Jolmsbnry. 
YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION. 



235 



This association lias one of the most flourishing branches in 
New England here in St. Johnsbury. It was formed in 1855, and 
occupies its own building, located on Eastern Avenue. The 
building is an ornament to the village, and was erected through 
the munificence of Rev. Henry Fairbanks. The basement and 
trimmings are of Longmeadow sandstone, the walls above of 
pressed brick, and the roof of red slate with copper finish. The 
length of front is eighty-one feet. A central tower rises about one 
hundred feet. In the basement is a gymnasium with a gallery 
across one end, a laboratory, bath-rooms, closets and furnaces 
and coal room. On the main floor is the secretary's room, a large 
reading room, boys' room and adult members' room. The second 
floor has a large hall for meetings. Thirtj^ feet of the east side of 




Y. M. C. A. BUILDING. 



236 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

the whole building is cut ofiF hy a fire wall. The first floor of this 
section is used for mercantile purposes, the second floor, ofiices, 
and the floors above for tenements. The entire building is hand- 
some, imposing and finely finished. It has highly polished wain- 
scoting and doors, maple floors, open fire-places, high, well-lighted 
and well-ventilated rooms, and a cheerful look pervades the place. 
Music Hall, on Main Street, built in 1884, at a cost of $15,000, 
belongs to the Association. 

JOURNAI.ISM. 

St. Johnsbury has two excellent weekly newspapers, which 
mirror the events of the day in an attractive and readable form. 
The oldest paper is the St. Johnsbury Caledoyiian, founded in 
1837. I^ 1855 it passed into the hands of C. M. Stone & Co, 
January i, 1889, Arthur F. Stone was admitted as a partner in 
the business, the style of the firm continuing the same. The 
Caledonian is a model local and family paper, a gem typograph- 
icall}' and editorially, and enjoys a large circulation. The office 
is fitted with the latest specimens of the type-founder's art, 
employs skilled workmen, and executes job printing m the most 
attractive manner. 

The St. Johnsbury Republican succeeded the hidex in April, 
1885, and is published by a stock company. 

THE ATHEN^UM. 

This institution stands at the head of Eastern Avenue. It was 
founded by the late Ex-Gov. Horace Fairbanks, and consists of a 
beautiful and substantial brick edifice, a library of 11,000 volumes 
of choice literature, and a fine art gallery which has as the central 
attraction Bierstadt's master-piece, the " Domes of the Yosemite." 
The building is 49x90 feet, two stories high, and has a fine hall 
in the second story. The structure was dedicated in 1871 and 
cost upwards of $100,000. The library is open to all and proves 
a most beneficent attraction to St. Johnsbury. 

SOLDIERS' MONUMENT. 

A beautiful memorial to those who gave up their lives in the 
war of the Rebellion stands in the Court House yard. A base 
and pedestal rise twelve feet from the ground, surmounted by a 
statue of America seven feet high. Upon each side of the ped- 
estal is a shield-shaped tablet, with names of eighty citizens of 
St. Johnsbury, who died in the war for the Union. The statue 



238 



Vermont : Its Resources and Indtistries. 



which adorns the monument is made of the purest Italian marble 
and was executed in Florence, Italy, at a cost of $5,000. The 
entire monument cost $8,892.46. It was dedicated in 1868. 





soldiers' monument. 



Si. Johnsbnry. 239 

FAIRBANKS SCALE WORKS. 

The history of the Fairbanks scale dates 1830. Sir Thaddeus 
Fairbanks, the inventor, in 1823, started a small iron foundry' in 
St. Johnsbnry, and in 1824 was joined by his brother Erastus, a 
merchant, and under the name of E. & T. Fairbanks, they began 
the manufacture of stoves and ploughs of cast-iron. In 1829 or 
1830, the cultivation of hemp absorbed much of the thought, 
energy and means of the agricultural communities in New Eng- 
land, and the section about St. Johnsbnry was no exception to 
the rule. Whole farms were devoted to its growth. E. & T. 
Fairbanks built three machines for dressing hemp in 1830, and at 
about the same time a business company was established here for 
the purpose of cleaning hemp and preparing it for market. 
Thaddeus Fairbanks became manager of this company. It 
became necessarj^ to provide for weighing the hemp straw which 
E. & T. Fairbanks and the St. Johnsbnry Hemp Co. were to 
purchase, as the price paid made it important to be accurate. 
The only scales in use were the even-balance and the Roman 
steelyard — not improved since the days of the Caesars. The only 
device for weighing carts was a lever (a stick of timber) sus- 
pended high up from the gallows-frame, from the short arms of 
which, chains hung that could be hooked around the cart-axle, 
and from the long arm a platform on which weights could be 
placed. Mr. Fairbanks' s first arrangement was to place an A- 
shaped lever in a suitable pit, and upon it to balance on knife 
edges, a free platform upon which a cart could be driven level 
with the ground. To keep this platform from rocking upon its 
support, he framed into it a vertical post well braced, and from 
the top of this, attached level chains to fixed posts on either side. 
These chains being level did not draw up or down, and the 
weight of the load was correctly indicated upon the steelyard 
beam, -from which the end of the yi-shaped lever hung. This 
scale was clumsy, but accurate. Later it occurred to Mr. Fair- 
banks, that with two ^-shaped levers or four straight levers 
meeting at the steelyard rod, or hanging from the one that hung 
upon the steelyard rod, he could secure four knife-edge supports 
for his platform, from all of which, the leverage as related to the 
steelyard beam, might be the same. This apparatus proved 
highly successful, and was the birth of the modern scale. The 
invention of this machine — the first grand idea which has resulted 
in profit not only to the manufacturer, but to almost oxoxy branch 



240 Vermont : Its Resources mid Industries. 

of human industry— was by no means a mere accident ; and yet, 
hardly less mental ingenuity was required to originate the idea 
than in after years to perfect the manufacture, a work to which 
the skillful mechanical genius of the inventor was constantly and 
most successfully directed. 

The works of E. & T. Fairbanks & Co. occupy about twelve 
acres of ground, upon which are over a score of substantial build- 
ings, chiefly of brick. Recently, a new machine shop, a brass 
foundry and a storehouse have been added to the works. The 
total area of floors in the plant is eight and one- eighth acres. 
The outside walls measure 259,434 square feet, or enough to 
inclose a one-story building one hundred feet wide and two miles 
long. Here about 550 artisans are employed, who produce on an 
average, twenty-five scales ever>^ hour. These scales are of every 
conceivable form, the different modifications of which number 
over 500. Spurr tracks run from the different railroads entering 
St. Johnsbury to the company's works, thus facilitating the ship- 
ment of goods. An average of three car loads of scales leave the 
works by these tracks every day, while further evidence of the 
magnitude of the industry here is in the fact that the total 
amount of supplies which reached the company by rail in 1888, 
was 35,700,000 pounds. Labor-saving machinery, and all the 
appliances which years of study can develop, are employed by 
the company to facilitate the manufacture of its goods ; and the 
delicate accuracy, strength and unchanging quality of the scales 
are due in a great measure to the minor improvements succes- 
sively introduced. The success of the establishment has been a 
natural sequence of skill in construction, care in management, 
and increasing demand for the article manufactured. 

The company own an aqueduct system of water-works, which 
supplies their shops and sixty-eight tenements rented to employes, 
and it also furnishes water to a large part of the village. It has a 
gas plant for lighting the works, and sells the surplus to consum- 
ers in the village. The company conduct a large general store 
and thus brings the price of staple commodities down to the 
lowest point for its workmen. It also owns a large amount of 
wood and farm lands, the latter supporting the vast number of 
horses and oxen required in the business. One lot of wood land 
embraces 3060 acres. Upon it is a large steam saw-mill, the prod- 
uct of which is consumed at the works. Besides the product of 
this mill, much lumber is purchased, the entire consumption 
being 3,000,000 feet in 1888. 



Sf. Johnsbury. 24 1 

The officers of E. j& T. Fairbanks & Co. are : Franklin Fair- 
banks, President and General Manager ; Samuel N. Brown, Bos- 
ton, Vice-President ; Henr}^ Fairbanks, Secretary ; H. N. Turner, 
Assistant Manager ; C. M. Spencer, Treasurer. The directory 
consists of Franklin Fairbanks, Henry Fairbanks, Judge Jonathan 
Ross, St. Johnsbury ; S. M. Brown, Charles E. Thayer, Boston ; 
James G. Gardiner, John J. Howell, New York. The company 
was incorporated in 1874. I^arge shipments of .scales are made to 
Russia, Austria, Germany, Brazil, Chili and Australia. The 
Russian and Austrian government railways are supplied with the 
Fairbanks track scale, and Russia has adopted the Fairbanks 
scale as the government standard. The company has for many 
years supplied the United States government with scales used in 
the post-office department. The great testing machine, with a 
capacity of 150,000 pounds, in the U. S. Navy Yard shop at 
Washington, was built by E. & T. Fairbanks & Co. 

In 1884 a company known as the Austro-Hungariln Fairbanks 
Co. was organized at Buda-Pesth, Hungary, with a capital of 
$100,000. It was formed to set up scales for the European market 
made at St. Johnsbury and shipped thence in pieces. 

E. & T. Fairbanks & Co. have agencies in almost every city in 
the world. The principal warehouses are: Fairbanks & Co., 
New York, Pittsburg, Baltimore, Md., New Orleans, Buffiilo. N. 
Y., St. Louis, Indianapolis, Albany, N. Y., Montreal, Philadel- 
phia, London, Eng. ; Fairbanks, Brown & Co., Boston, Mass.; 
Fairbanks, Morse & Co., Chicago, Ills., St. Paul, Minn., Cincin- 
nati, Ohio, Louisville, Ky., Cleveland, Ohio; Fairbanks & 
Hutchinson, San Francisco, Cal. 

MERCHANTS NATIONAL BANK. 

This institution was organized in 1875, since which time it has 
enjoyed a career of usefulness and prosperity, extending its 
influence year after year until its depositors are found at various 
points from the Canada line through to the Massachusetts coast, 
and in the western states. The Merchants National is a bank of 
the people, and endeavors to guard the interests of its patrons. 
It has a capital of $400,000. The Merchants National claims a 
greater number of actual depositors than any other bank in 
Caledonia County. Its location is on Railroad Street, the quarters 
being admirably fitted up, and provided with safet}^ deposit vaults, 
which are leased to individuals. The Merchants National buys 
and sells securities of all kinds, and makes a specialty of govern- 



242 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

ment bonds. It conducts a general banking business in loans, 
deposits, collections, exchanges and call advances, and enjoys 
every facility for the transaction of its operations. 

FIRST NATIONAL BANK. 

Justly ranked among the most solid financial institutions of 
Vermont is the First National Bank of St. Johnsbury. It was 
organized in 1864, succeeding the Passumpsic Bank, in operation 
since 1849. The policy of the institution is liberal and broad. 
Besides an extensive local business, the First National attracts 
depositors from long distances both east and west of St. Johnsbury. 
The Bank has a capital of $500,000 and a large surplus fund. 
The First National has graduated a dozen prominent bank and 
business men and has a financial record to be proud of. 

PASSUMPSIC SAVINGS BANK. 

The Passumpsic Savings Bank of St. Johnsbury is one of the 
most noteworthy institutions of the kind in the State. It was 
incorporated in 1853, ^"^^ from the beginning, its officers and 
trustees have included many of the best men in this section. The 
institution is purely a savings bank, and is conducted wholly in 
the interest of the people, who^ with small means, wish to 
secure interest on their savings. The bank is located in its own 
building, a handsome and convenient three-story structure 30 x 60 
feet. The building is of brick with granite trimmings and plate 
glass front. The counting-room is attractively finished in native 
cherry. The floor is of birch, and the ceiling is of corrugated 
iron, artistically ornamented. 

CARRICK BROTHERS GRANITE CO. 

This company has a capital of $50,000. It succeeded to the 
business of Carrick Brothers, established about nine years ago. 
The officers of the company are : H. J. Carrick, President ; E. 
L. Carrick, Vice-President; F. F. Carrick, Treasurer; Henry 
French, Clerk. The directory embraces F. F. Carrick, H. J. 
Carrick, E. ly. Carrick, Jonathan Ross, William P. Fairbanks. 
The company's works are located near the railroad station, the 
main building being 150x40 feet, to which an addition of about 
equal size is contemplated. The company owns quarries at Barre 
and at Victory Hill, and does all kind of granite work, monu- 
ments and statues being a specialty. 

Among the fine specimens recently executed by the Carrick 



SL Johnshiry. 243 

Brothers Granite Co., is the monument erected by the State of 
Vermont on the Gett5'sburg battle field. Its total height is sixty- 
six feet. The base is seventeen feet square, and bears the inscrip- 
tion : " Vermont, in honor of her sons who fought on this field." 
Above is the coat of arms of the State, and a plinth inscribed with 
3,500 letters. A beautiful Corinthian column, surmounted by a 
richly carved cap supports a noble granite figure of the late Gen. 
Stannard, eleven feet high. The State monument to Companies 
E and H Second U. S. Sharpshooters, Gettysburg. This consists 
of a block of granite two feet thick and ten feet high, the edges 
and top being in the rough. Upon it are carved the State coat of 
arms, crossed rifles and a hornet's nest. Monument to First Ver- 
mont Brigade, Gettysburg, eight feet high. A monument for the 
Eighth New York Cavalry, Gettysburg. Upon one side is a 
splendidly executed design, in bold relief, of a mounted cavalry- 
man. Monument for Reynolds Battery, New York, Gettysburg. 
This bears a finely sculptored relief design of a field. piece. Sol- 
diers' monument, Mexico, N. Y., eight foot base, thirty-four feet 
high, surmounted by a gFanite soldier. 

ELY HOE AND FORK COMPANY. 

The works of the Ely Hoe and Fork Company were established 
by the late George W. Ely in 1848, Ely Balch & Co. succeeding 
Mr. Ely, the Ely Hoe and Fork Company being organized jn 
1880. The company employ a force of 50 men in the manufacture 
of hoes, forks, diggers and other agricultural implements, the 
annual capacit}' of the works exceeding 12.000 dozen. The firm 
make 40 different sizes of hoes and forks, and use 150 tons of steel 
annually. Superior workmanship and the use of the best materials 
in the manufacture of their goods have given the Ely Hoe and 
F'ork Company a high reputation at home and abroad. The busi- 
ness of the company has steadily increased from year to year, and 
large shipments of their goods are made ever}' year to foreign 
countries. There is an active and growing demand for their hand 
implements in the Southern and Western States, as well as in 
Europe and South America. 

G. H. CROSS & CO. 
The above firm operate a steam baker)- on Main Street, and 
are largely engaged in the manufacture of crackers. The history 
of the concern covers about a third of a century. The establish- 
ment is provided with a large revolving oven and all necessary 
machinery for successfully conducting the industry. Besides the 



244 



Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 



manufacture of crackers Cross & Co. also conduct a general bakery 
and are largely engaged in wholesaling confectionery and cigars. 
Their business extends many miles from St. Johnsbury, and is 
increasing in volume every year. 

ST. JOHNSBURY ACADEMY. 

St. Johnsbury Academy ranks as one of the best educational 
institutions of its kind in the United States. The academic build- 
ings were the gift of the late Sir Thaddeus Fairbanks, and are 
suited in every way to the requirements of modern education. 
The academy edifice is of Romano-Gothic architecture, three 
stories high, and stands over a high basement containing the 
gymnasium, heating apparatus, etc. South Hall is four stories 
high, and contains rooms for sixty students. The buildings are 
shown in the accompanying engraving, South Hall being shown 
on the right of the cut. The academy was founded in 1842, the 
present buildings being dedicated October 31, 1873. Aggregat- 
ing the original cost of the buildings, subsequent gifts and sub- 




ST. JOHNSBURY ACADEMY 



SL Johnsbnry. 245 

scriptions to an endowment fund, the gifts of Mr. Fairbanks to 
the institution amount to $200,000. The trustees of the acad- 
emy are as follows : Rev. Henry Fairbanks, President ; Frank- 
lin Fairbanks, Rev. H. T. Fuller, Jonathan Ross, Rev. C. M. 
Lamson, Charles E. Putney, Rev. Edward T. Fairbanks, Secre- 
tary and Treasurer. Prof. Charles E. Putney is Principal, and 
the corps of instructors numbers thirteen. The students come 
from all parts of the country, and on graduating are admitted to 
all the leading colleges on presentation of their diplomas. The 
location of the academy is unsurpassed for moral influences and 
literarj' advantages. The religious sentiment stronglj^ predomi- 
nates in the community, and the rooms of the Y. M. C, A. and 
the Athenaeum with its 11,000 volumes, offer superior opportu- 
nities for recreation and research. The academj- building is 
heated hy steam, lighted by gas and well supplied with water. 
The recitation rooms are commodious and well arranged. The 
third floor of the structure has a hall easih'- seating 1,000 persons. 
Upon its walls hang portraits of Sir Thaddeus, Erastus and 
Joseph P. Fairbanks. South Hall is appropriated to residence of 
teachers and students. The building is double, being divided by 
a wall which completely intercepts communication between the 
two sections. In the south side, a teacher and his family have 
apartments, and the remainder of the rooms are occupied by 
young ladies of the school ; another teacher has a tenement on 
the north side ; hence, all the students here are under the special 
sjipervnson and care of the instructors. The rooms in South Hall 
are supplied with all needful furniture. 

The following courses of studies are fully provided for : (i) the 
Classical, in which 5'oung ladies and gentlemen receive a thor- 
ough drill in the classics (German and French if required). Math- 
ematics, and such English branches as are required for admission 
to college ; (2) the English and Scientific ; (3) the Latin and Eng- 
lish ; (4) the five 5';ears' complete course ; or (5) a mixed course 
of from three to six years. Corresponding diplomas are given to 
those students who finish anj- of these courses. 

The academy offers unusual facilities for the profitable study of 
Natural Science, since it has extensive philosophical and astro- 
nomical apparatus, and a chemical laboratory', furnished for both 
illustrative and practical work, instruments for sur^^eying, a good 
cabinet of minerals, and the beginning of a collection in Natural 
History. To all these means of illustration additions are yearl}- 
made. 



246 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

A. L. BAILEY, MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. 

Among the mercantile enterprises of St. Johnsburj^ which have 
an extended reputation, the music store conducted by Mr. A. L. 
Bailey occupies a position in the front rank. This concern was 
started about nineteen years ago by Messrs. Shorey & Bailey, 
who opened warerooms with three cottage organs. Since the 
decease (in 1873) of Mr. Shorey the business has been continued 
by Mr. Bailey, who now occupies pleasant and commodious 
quarters on Eastern Avenue. Through his energy and reliable 
methods of doing business, Mr. Bailey has built up an enormous 
trade. He has the agency for over twenty different piano and 
organ manufacturers, including the leading companies in America, 
and shows instruments that have been endorsed by the most noted 
singers and musicians in the world, and excel in point of durability, 
power and brilliancy of tone and sweet harmonic qualities. Mr. 
Bailey also has a large branch house in Burlington and employs 
twelve traveling salesmen. He also gives constant employment 
to several expert piano and organ tuners. Mr. Bailey's trade 
extends throughout eastern Vermont and western New Hampshire. 




Mi^tSLE^ui^y. 



^ IDDLEBURY is the coitnty-seat of Addison County, and 
\\\ is located on Otter Creek, while the Central Vennont 
Railroad furnishes transportation facilities. It has a 
population of about i,8oo inhabitants. It was incor- 
porated in 1832. The manufacturing industries include a woolen 
mill, a cotton factory and several other small factories. Middle- 
bur>^ has been particularly favored in respect of mechanical inven- 
tions, among the most valuable of which, is that of the circular 
saw. Perhaps few improvements of modern times have been 
more wide-spread and really useful than this, being now in gen- 
eral use in every workshop throughout the land. Yet its 
inventor, Mr. Jeremiah Hall, an upright, honest mechanic, who 
obtained his bread by the sweat of his brow, never seemed to 
realize what he had accomplished. With him it was a simple 
arrangement to facilitate labor in his own shop, and the thought 
of extending it never seems to have entered .his mind, and with 
this vast means of wealth within his grasp, died poor and in 
want. The present method of welding cast steel was discovered 
in Middlebury as earl)^ as 1800, by three blacksmiths working 
together. They obtained letters-patent for their invention, but 
never realized much profit from it. Sawing marble by water- 
power with sand and toothless saws in gangs, was invented about 
1801, by Isaac E. Markham, then a mere boy, in Middlebury, and 
put in successful operation here. Sawing marble by sand and 
water and toothless iron, or rather copper saws, was practiced, as 
we are told by Pliny, by the ancient Ethiopians more than two 
thousand years ago ; but the art, like many others no less valua- 
ble, seems to have been lost, until revived here in Middlebur>'. 
The first full set of machinery for the manufacture of doors and 
window-sash by water-power in this or any other countrj', was 
invented and put up in Middlebury. 



248 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

MIDDI^EBURY COIvIvEGE. 

This institution was founded in 1800. The buildings are 
located on a commanding eminence in the western part of the vil- 
lage, giving a full and splendid view of the Green Mountains on 
the east and the Adirondacks on the west. Its ' ' campus ' ' of 
thirty acres is adorned with trees in front, and in the rear fur- 
nishes open ground for athletic exercises, all tastefully laid out. 
Its library and reading rooms are convenient, pleasant and 
accessible to all daily. The geological cabinet has a finely 
appointed hall, well-lighted and arranged. The botanical cases 
are rich in specimens of natural history. The laboratories are pro- 
vided with all necessary apparatus for chemical lectures and 
studies. Indeed, taken all in all, Middlebury College is fur- 
nished with excellent facilities in all departments of study. 




UEl^SENINIHi)- 



^^ERGENNES is the oldest incorporated city in the State, 
\/f and one of the oldest in New England. It was incor- 
^ porated into a city in 17SS, with an area lacking eighty 
acres of being two square miles. Age, however, does not 
seem to incline the fair City to corpulency, as its population does 
not exceed 1,800 inhabitants. The Central Vermont Railroad 
passes through the corporation, while Otter Creek affords mill- 
privileges at the falls, eight miles from the mouth of the creek, 
and forming the head of navigation on that stream. The falls 
have a descent of thirty-seven feet, divided into three distinct sets 
by two islands at their head, which divide the channel into three 
parts. The town is handsomely laid out, the buildings good, and 
many of them handsome structures. It has five churches, two 
banks, a horse nail factory, shade-roller factory, furniture factory, 
sash, door and blind factories, a hub factory, etc. The City has an 
excellent water supply, the works having been put in at a cost of 
$60,000. 

THE VERMONT REFORM SCHOOL. 
This is a State .institution, established upon sound Christian 
and philanthropic principles, in 1865, and located in this town. 
Here girls and boys, who, from natural tendencies, or from the 
force of circumstances attending their early lives, have been led 
into crime, are provided with a home, educated, and their refor- 
mation attempted. The farm and U. S. arsenal property were 
purchased for the school at a cost of $18,772, containing one 
hundred and thirty-two acres of land ; the old buildings, with 
some alterations and improvements, being admirably adapted for 
the purpose — the old officers' quarters serving for the girls' 
department, and the arsenal building as a school and workshop 
for the boys. The place has been greatly improved since the 
school .was started here, by the erection of new buildings and 
embellishment of the grounds. Here one hundred and fifty ot 
these unfortunate creatures are gathered, and by a judicious 
course of awards, punishments, kindness and severity, are 
reclaimed from an ultimate prison-home — or worse — and made 
worthy and respectable citizens. 



/\ND MOUnT A\/\NSFIELD. 



yATERBURY is an attractive village, on the Central Ver- 
mont Railroad, eight miles from Montpelier, and is pleas- 
antly situated on a pretty plateau. It is the home of Gov. 
W. P. Dillingham, and is so attractive in its surroundings 
and in its situation, that many summer tourists make it their head- 
quarters. Mount Mansfield and Camel's Hump, the highest of the 
Green Mountain peaks, are within easy riding distance, and the 
whole vicinity is rich with the characteristic scenery of Vermont. 
Mount Mansfield, 4,389 feet high, is the principal attraction of 
this region, and is most conveniently^ reached from Waterbury, 
tally-ho coaches conveying the passengers from the station to the 
Mount Mansfield House, in Stowe, ten miles distant, from which 
point the ascent of the mountain is made. Stowe is a typical Ver- 
mont town of about 1,000 inhabitants, elevated some 2,000 feet 
above the sea. The Mt. Mansfield House, here, accommodates 450 
guests, and is the largest hotel in the mountain district. Back of 
the hotel is a sharp elevation called ' ' Sunset Hill. ' ' From this 
hill the village of Stowe resembles a flock of geese on the wing, 
the two main streets diverging toward the east and the west, 
while the apex, where the leader may be imagined, points timidly 
toward Waterbury on the south. To the rear of Sunset Hill is 
the Worcester range; south, Camel's Hump ; west. Mount Mans- 
field itself; and in the intervales, especially to the northwest, 
the green valley with its silver streams, its well-stocked farms and 
neat farm-houses. This, too, is a good point from which to begin 
the work of seeing a man's face in the profile of Mount Mansfield. 
The features are all there in bold relief — forehead, nose, mouth, 
lips and chin. Harper^ s Magazine has the following concerning 
Mount Mansfield, which we deem worthy of reproduction here : 
' ' The distance from Stowe to the summit is about nine miles. 
For five miles the route follows the ordinary country road through 
a pleasant valley ; then it breaks off into the mountain, and winds 
about by easy grades to the top. The carriage road has now been 



Waterbtiry and Mt. Mansfield. 251 

open several years, and the ascent can be made in any vehicle with 
the greatest comfort. The way is thickly wooded — along the 
lower part with beach, maple, l>irch and even oak, which, how- 
ever, gradually disappear until the evergreen varieties alone 
remain, and these seem ill satisfied with their existence. Shade 
is therefore abundant and the sun's rays are little felt. Half a 
mile before the summit is reached the woods open, and the car- 
riage climbs a stiff rocky ledge for the rest of the way. The Nose 
towers up directly above us, and the other features stretch away 
in the distance, massive, solemn, and forbidding. The highest 
point, the Chin, is 4,389 feet above sea-level, and 3,670 above the 
village of Stowe. From the Chin the spectator has one of the 
most comprehensive, variegated and beautiful views in all New 
England. Toward the west, the eye, starting from the base of the 
mountain, runs over the Winooski valley, threaded by roads and 
streams, and dotted with countless white villages ; takes in Lake 
Champlain, which on a clear day can be seen for nearly its entire 
length ; and is arrested only by the Adirondacks in the remote 
horizon. On the north the outlook is even more extensive, and 
at rare inter\'als, under peculiarly favorable conditions, even 
includes the spires and towers of Montreal, one hundred miles 
distant. Directly beneath, and between the first and second 
chins, lies the Lake of the Clouds ; lower down the dark recesses 
of the Smuggler's Notch ; and across this the Sterling Mountains. 
Moving to the east, the eye falls upon a succession of dark and 
heavy ridges, thickly wooded, giving and receiving shadows in 
endless variety ; farther away, the valley of the Connecticut ; and 
beyond the White Mountains, Mount "Washington itself can some- 
times be seen, though indistinctly. The picture is completed by 
Stowe and its neighbors, nestling in the rich valley, and directly 
south the rival peak of Camel's Hump and the main chain of the 
Green Mountains. Such is, in general, the scope of the view 
afforded from Mount Mansfield. The countless details which 
give it grace, picturesqueness and value cannot even be enum- 
erated, but must be left with the assurance that not one which the 
imagination could crave will be found wanting hy the most exact- 
ing lover of nature. For loftiness, grandeur and majesty. Mount 
Mansfield is, of course, inferior to Mount Washington. Its 
charms are of a more modest nature. But it has, nevertheless, 
peculiar advantages of its own, which will not escape the eye of 
discerning visitors, and which will recommend it even above the 



252 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

White Mountains. One of these is the singular extent and free- 
dom of the view which may be had from its summit. Instead of 
being only one of a vast army of peaks, distinguished from its 
comrades merely by a slight superiority in height, it is more like 
an isolated structure rising out of a surrounding plain. In at 
least two directions, east and west, the landscape is unobstructed 
for a hundred miles. The country lies spread out, therefore, in a. 
vast plateau, beginning at the very base of the mountain, and 
enlivened b}^ every element which belongs to a complete picture. 
The landscape itself is, therefore, an ample reward for the toil and 
expense of the visit. The neighborhood of Stowe aflfords a multi- 
tude of other charming resorts. One of these is the Smuggler's 
Notch, a narrow pass between Mount Mansfield and the Sterling 
Mountain. It is supposed to have been used in former times by 
smugglers, as it is an easy and convenient connection between 
eastern and western Vermont, and a link in the chain of commun- 
ication between Montreal and Boston, once an important thor- 
oughfare for contraband traffic." 



^r- 




WHi)T l^/\N|®OLl®H- 




^HE village of West Randolph is situated on the Central 
Vermont Railroad, twenty-three miles south from Mont- 
pelier, and is pleasantly located on a branch of White 
River. It is an important local commercial center, con- 
taining a bank, a first-class High School, five churches, two 
hotels and several manufacturing establishments. Here, also, is 
the office of the State Treasurer, W. H. DuBois. An excellent 
system of water works was erected in the village in 1887. 
Numerous seekers after health and pleasure find West Randolph 
a delightful place in which to spend the summer, and many 
palatial summer residences have been erected by people from 
various cities. 

GREEN MOUNTAIN STOCK FARM. 

The Green Mountain Stock Farm Co. is an incorporated com- 
pany, having a capital of $200,000. The company owns 750 acres 
of land near West Randolph, and is engaged in breeding trotting- 
horse stock and Jersey cattle. The business was started by 
Moulton Bros., in 1867, who pursued the business of breeding 
horses exclusivelj^, until 1880, the stock being the Messenger 
blood through the Hambletonian, Clay, Star, Abdallah and Mor- 
gan families. During that year, a herd of thorough-bred Jersey 
cattle was established by Moulton Bros., twenty-six cows of the 
herd costing over $1,000 each. The herd of cattle now numbers 
about 250, and the horses number thirty-five head. A fine cream- 
ery is upon the farm, the product of which brings fancy prices, 
and goes to consumers in Boston and New York. 

A. W. TEWKSBURY & SON. 

This firm operate a sash door and blind factor}^ on Pleasant 
Street, comer of Mill, and give employment to about sixtj^ hands, 
in the manufacture of the ^bove articles, and in manufacturing 
building finish. The industry was established in 1866 by Charles 
E. Abbott & Co., and was continued by that firm until 1871, 
when C. E. Abbott became proprietor, and conducted the busi- 
ness until 1S79. The concern was then purchased by the present 



254 Vermont : Its Resources and Industries. 

proprietors, C. E. Abbott being manager. Tewksbnry & Son 
also manufacture window screens, and conduct the largest store 
in the place. 

SALISBURY BROS. 

This firm is extensively engaged in the manufacture of furni- 
ture, giving employment to about fifty men. 




iviAN©H£^'^£^- 



jhM^ ANCHESTER is one of the principal summer resorts of 
1]%, the Green Mountains, and is reached by the Bennington 
jSk &. Rutland Railroad. It lies in a valley about three 
9! miles wide, between two ranges of mountains, the Green 

Mountains on the east and Mt. Equinox on the west, the latter 
rising 3,000 feet above the village, and 4,000 feet above the sea 
level. Manchester is a half-shire town of Bennington County, 
and has many public buildings, and one of the most attractive 
summer hotels in the Green Mountain region, the Equinox 
House, F. H. Or\ns, proprietor, containing 300 rooms. A remark- 
able and attractive feature is the sidewalks of the principal streets 
of Manchester. They are of white marble, and, with the beauti- 
ful maple and elm shade trees on either side, make the most 
delightful promenades conceivable. 

The great object of interest is Mt. Equinox, from whose lofty 
summit may be commanded a magnificent and extensive prospect. 
To the southeast are Greylock and Stratton Mountains, on the 
east are the Grand Monadnock and Ascutney Peak, and on the 
northeast the towering peaks of Killington and Shrewsbury, 
while in the far distance may be seen the summits of Kearsage 
and Franconia Mountains. To the southwest, in full view, rise 
the graceful Catskills, and along the western horizon stretch the 
Sacandaga and Kayaderosseras Hills. Besides these, many other 
lofty peaks are visible, and, on bright days. Lakes George and 
Champlain may be seen in the northwest. All about Manchester 
are delightful walks and drives, shady nooks, miniature lakes and 
wild glens. One of these glens, generally known as Stratton's 
Gap, has an extended reputation from a painting of the locality 
executed b^- Durand, for a gentleman in Chicago. 



NjEWfOt^T. 



E^EWPORT is an attractive village at the southern end or 
Jj head of lyake Memphreruagog, near the Canada line, and 
s) is reached by Passumpsic Railroad from the south, and 
by another railroad, from the west. Here are several 
lumber mills. The Memphremagog House is a large hotel, open 
all the year, and has accommodations for 400 guests. It is a noted 
summer resort and the capacity of the house is usually tested to 
its utmost during the summer months. lyake Memphremagog is 
one of the most beautiful lakes on the continent. It is thirty 
miles in length, and in width varies from one to four miles. Two- 
thirds of the lake is in Canada and the other third in Vermont, 
Frequent islands dot the lake, Province Island, through which 
the boundary line between the United States and Canada passes, 
being the largest. Memphremagog is a corrn-ption oi Mem-plow- 
bow-qtie, an Indian word meaning " Beautiful Water," the name 
by which the rude, yet poetic natures of those sons of the forest 
knew this charming sheet of water, and by which their sense of 
its beauty was expressed. By some tourists this lake is compared 
to Lock Lomond, the most celebrated of the Scottish lakes. Its 
only superior among American lakes is found in Lake George, 
which strongl)^ resembles it in size, form and appearance, though 
lacking some of the most pleasing features of Memphremagog — 
the smiling shores and pastoral beauty, which are united to a 
mountain grandeur which equals that of Lake George. The 
eastern shore, though high, is not mountainous, and presents in 
its undulations a succession of picturesque scenes which, ever- 
var5dng in aspect, delight without fatiguing the eye. These 
pastoral views are fronted on the opposite or western shore, by 
mountains, which like guardian warders of the lake, hold their 
unsleeping watch over its waters, coming down sheer and steep to 
the water's edge. 



f/\it^ HA^^N- 




^AIRHAVEN is located in the western part of Rutland 
County, the township bordering New York State. Fair- 
haven village is beautifullj^ situated in the southern part 
of the town on Castleton Rive», which affords fine mill 
privileges. The village contains several churches, numerous 
mercantile and manufacturing interests, and about 2,000 inhab- 
itants. Taken all in all, it is one of the most thriving as well as 
beautiful villages of its size to be found in the State. 

Fairhaven was incorporated as a village in 1865, the territory 
embraced in the corporate limits being one mile square. In the 
center of the village is a fine park containing about six acres, 
filled with fine maple shade trees. From this park the principal 
streets of the village diverge, and around it are situated some of 
the finest residences of the town. The land included within the 
park was given to the town in October, 1798, by Col. Mathew 
Lyon, " for the friendship of the town of Fairhaven." 

Fairhaven has an admirable water supply. The water is 
brought by means of large iron pipes from Inman Pond, located 
about three miles north of the village, a natural reservoir of pure, 
cold, spring-water, affording a head of 207 feet. 

Fairhaven is the leading slate producing town in the State, and 
to its vast quarries and to the manufacture of slate taken there- 
from Fairhaven owes its principal wealth. Indeed, the Fairhaven 
slate deposit contains some of the finest and most lucrative 
slate quarries in the countr5\ It has various colors, such as 
greenish, reddish brown, what is generally called "slate color," 
chocolate, mottled, bright red, and bluish gray. 



i)OUTH WALLiN©fOi^ti). 



^OUTH WAIvIvINGFORD is located on Otter Creek, thirteen 
I miles south of Rutland, on the Bennington & Rutland Rail- 
j road. It is a quiet little village of about lOO inhabitants, 
^ and is situated at a point of the Green Mountains where the 
Rutland Valley narrows into a glen. It was formerly the 
seat of large mining interests, which are reviving. Iron ore, con- 
taining over fifty per cent, of manganese, has been found, and 
several drifts are now being operated, the largest of which extends 
over I, ICO feet into the mountain. These mines are now being 
worked by Andrew Carnegie, the great iron magnate of Pittsburg, 
Pa., and by Mr. H. W. Spafford, of the Bennington & Rutland, 
Railroad, and Mr. George F. Breed, of the Corona Marble Co., 
Brandon. About two miles from the station are the famous 
"White Rocks," to which pilgrimages are made from Rutland 
and many other points. The rocks lie in a confused mass at the 
base of the mountain, and here ice remains the year round. 
Somewhere near the White Rocks, Captain Kidd is said to have 
buried some of his immense treasures, in search of which thou- 
sands of dollars have been spent. The White Rocks form a 
favorite point for picnic parties, the ice formation furnishing a 
delightfully cool spot on sultry days. 



iBt^AN^ON- 




) RANDON is very pleasantly situated on Mill River, a trib- 
utary to Otter Creek, and enjoys good water privilege and 
other facilities for making it a smart town. The name 
Brandon is supposed to be a corruption of " Burnt-town," 
which was derived from the fact of the town having at one time 
(1777) been visited by Indians, who massacred some of the inhab- 
itants and burned their dwellings. Brandon is rich in mineral 
wealth. Some of the most valuable marble quarries in the State 
have recently been opened here. Iron, manganese, kaolin, paint 
pigments, etc. , are found here. A singular freak in the geologi- 
cal formation of the town of Brandon is the "frozen well," 
wherein ice may be found during the entire season. It w'as dug 
in 1S58, and is located a little southwest of the village. After 
sinking twenty feet through the soil, the workmen came to frozen 
earth, consisting of coarae gravel, rounded pebbles, and lumps of 
clear ice, from the size of an egg to that of a twelve-pound can- 
non-ball. This frozen stratum is about fifteen feet thick. Brandon 
is a particularly attractive village, with unusuallj^ wide streets, 
abundant shade and delightful surroundings. Near here is Lake 
Dunmore, five miles long, one mile wide, and covering a territory 
of 1,400 acres. The Brandon House, at Brandon, is an attractive 
hotel, recently fitted with all modern improvements, bath rooms, 
steam heat, etc. The hotel fronts the village park, has large 
rooms, well furnished, and presents all the comforts and conven- 
iences which the summer boarder or the transient gnest may 
desire. 



NOP^Tif BKjSTj^I^QTON. 



NORTH BENNINGTON is a pleasant little village with a 
population of about 500. There are three churches, a 
good graded school, a hotel and a National Bank. It is 
well supplied with stores and markets, and has one of the finest 
depots in the State, in which the general offices of the B. & R. 
R. R. Co. are located. Its manufactories are quite numerous, and 
it has several fine public and private buildings, among the latter 
the residence of the late Hon. Trenor W. Park, now occupied by 
Hon. J. G. McCullough. Paran Creek, which takes its name 
from an Indian, flows through the village and furnishes power for 
many mills and factories on its banks. Paran Lake, five minutes' 
walk from the village, now stocked with gold and game fish, has 
many boat houses on its shores, and is a very nice place for fish- 
ing, boating or picnic parties. The night before the battle of 
Bennington, General Stark with his forces, bivouaced one mile 
south of here. The location is still preserved and pointed to with 
interest. A few rods further south is where the Hessian, Colonel 
Baum, was brought after he was wounded. He died here and was 
buried on the banks of the Wallootnsac. His countrymen have on 
several occasions been here to get and convey his remains to their 
home, but have never been able to find them. One mile further 
south of this brings us to the place where the great battle was 
fought, which had so much influence on the destiny of the young 
Republic. Pleasant Hill Cemetery, situated on a hill overlooking 
the village, affords one of the finest views imaginable. The town 
of Bennington, with the Bennington Battle Monument in front 
and Mount Anthony in the background, together with the view 
down the Walloomsac Valley toward New York, create a desire 
to drive over the delightfully smooth gravel roads to these and 
other places seen from this spot. 



Troy Paper Company, 

G. W. Van ALSTYNE &. CO., PROP'RS. 

Every Description of . . 



P 

PAPER 
E 
R 



Card Board and Writings. 

373 River Street, TROY, N. Y. 



Tl TISY WiF.Y TIMES, 



By all odds the largest and best Aveekly newspaper in the State, and a 
fearless advocate of Protection and Republican principles. Its edi- 
torials are crispy, bright and to the point. Its home news, compiled 
by hundreds of correspondents, is a great attraction. Among the 
many notable features of the Troy Weekly Times, and which have 
made it the popular weekly paper that it is, are— the Veterinary De- 
partment, Facts for Farmers, and the famous Hermit's Letters. Its 
Z^ew York, Washington, Boston and Albany' correspondence is newsy 
and sparkling, and deals with all the current events of the day. Com- 
plete telegraphic reports. Full Albany, Xew York, Boston, Chicago 
and Troy markets. General news, stories and miscellaneous reading. 

All for One Year for One Dollar. 



SIX MONTHS, 50 Cts. THREE MONTHS, 25 Cts. 
.... TRY IT 




THE GREAT TOURIST LINE 



TO THE 



i^difondacl^ Mouqtein^ 

Lake George, 

Lake Champlain, 
Saratoga, 

Round Lake, 

Howe's Cave, 



Cooperstown, Ausable Chasm, Sharon Springs, and |he 

Celebrated Gravity R. R. between Carbondale 

and Honesdale. 



-ni 



The favorite line between Rutland, Troy, Albany 
and New York. 




The most interesting route to Chicago, Cincinnati, St. 

Louis, and all Western points, is via the 

"D. &H." Binghamton Route. 




Through Cars, without Change, between Albany 
and Chicago. 

Send 6c in stamps for Illustrated Guide, to 



H. G. YOUNG, 

2d Vice-Pres't. 



J. W. BURDICK, 

Gen'l Pass. Ag't, 

Albany. 

W 98 



^/ ^'T^-.^-^^ ^o^*^^/ ^<>'^^-/^ ^<2^*^ 










4"% 




\4^ 




^o^^ :SII^*^ ^^^0^' f^^iaf: '^ov*^ 









^9^ 










/ \^i^-/' %,'W''\o'> \-T^-./ %.- 










^ _^JS,S>iyA.*o "^6 4r » ^(9k>W*« ^^ «^ ^ <A%d Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. «( 

*ifV\8«/l)i _ ™*v -W' * l^^BcS * »A> A' *ll\\58 Nniitrali^inn Aoent; Maanesium Oxide 

I 



Neutralizing Agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: 

1998 




MAY 
BBKKEEPER ^^ 



PRESERVATION TECHNOLOGIES. L.P. , 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive • 

Cranberry Township. PA 16066 ' 

(724)779-2111 '^ 



^o* 




0^ 






'•^0* 














^ 



».^^°^ 
.V^ ^o 



0-' «^ 






■^.v^* 



*' 



'• **""^- 



k^W'U ^^'-f^-'V^ \'^^\y %--.^-%o 






V** 










'Cos 













• tS ^n. <* 



V^^^'v-^ <^''^'\^* %:^^^'\y <;.•'•"•**<: 
V \*i^\y %'^^V>' ^.'T^-./ <l> 







